[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023183618A1 - Psychedelic compositions and methods for forming the same - Google Patents

Psychedelic compositions and methods for forming the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023183618A1
WO2023183618A1 PCT/US2023/016302 US2023016302W WO2023183618A1 WO 2023183618 A1 WO2023183618 A1 WO 2023183618A1 US 2023016302 W US2023016302 W US 2023016302W WO 2023183618 A1 WO2023183618 A1 WO 2023183618A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
composition
compound
psychedelic
subject
psychedelic compound
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2023/016302
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
William KLEIDON
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Ojai Energetics PBC
Original Assignee
Ojai Energetics PBC
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Ojai Energetics PBC filed Critical Ojai Energetics PBC
Priority to EP23775746.3A priority Critical patent/EP4499109A1/en
Publication of WO2023183618A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023183618A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/66Phosphorus compounds
    • A61K31/675Phosphorus compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pyridoxal phosphate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/135Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/357Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having two or more oxygen atoms in the same ring, e.g. crown ethers, guanadrel
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/403Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
    • A61K31/404Indoles, e.g. pindolol
    • A61K31/4045Indole-alkylamines; Amides thereof, e.g. serotonin, melatonin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/48Ergoline derivatives, e.g. lysergic acid, ergotamine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/658Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients o-phenolic cannabinoids, e.g. cannabidiol, cannabigerolic acid, cannabichromene or tetrahydrocannabinol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K36/00Medicinal preparations of undetermined constitution containing material from algae, lichens, fungi or plants, or derivatives thereof, e.g. traditional herbal medicines
    • A61K36/18Magnoliophyta (angiosperms)
    • A61K36/185Magnoliopsida (dicotyledons)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K36/00Medicinal preparations of undetermined constitution containing material from algae, lichens, fungi or plants, or derivatives thereof, e.g. traditional herbal medicines
    • A61K36/18Magnoliophyta (angiosperms)
    • A61K36/185Magnoliopsida (dicotyledons)
    • A61K36/348Cannabaceae
    • A61K36/3482Cannabis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K36/00Medicinal preparations of undetermined constitution containing material from algae, lichens, fungi or plants, or derivatives thereof, e.g. traditional herbal medicines
    • A61K36/18Magnoliophyta (angiosperms)
    • A61K36/185Magnoliopsida (dicotyledons)
    • A61K36/73Rosaceae (Rose family), e.g. strawberry, chokeberry, blackberry, pear or firethorn
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0019Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0053Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/10Dispersions; Emulsions
    • A61K9/107Emulsions ; Emulsion preconcentrates; Micelles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/4833Encapsulating processes; Filling of capsules
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/50Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
    • A61K9/5005Wall or coating material
    • A61K9/5021Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/5036Polysaccharides, e.g. gums, alginate; Cyclodextrin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/50Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
    • A61K9/5084Mixtures of one or more drugs in different galenical forms, at least one of which being granules, microcapsules or (coated) microparticles according to A61K9/16 or A61K9/50, e.g. for obtaining a specific release pattern or for combining different drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/50Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
    • A61K9/51Nanocapsules; Nanoparticles
    • A61K9/5107Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/513Organic macromolecular compounds; Dendrimers
    • A61K9/5161Polysaccharides, e.g. alginate, chitosan, cellulose derivatives; Cyclodextrin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/32Alcohol-abuse
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/34Tobacco-abuse
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2300/00Mixtures or combinations of active ingredients, wherein at least one active ingredient is fully defined in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00

Definitions

  • One or more psychedelic compounds can be administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • Psychedelic compounds may possess benefits to the health, physical wellbeing, and/or emotional well-being of a subject.
  • compositions comprising psychedelic compounds having increased bioavailability, increased shelf stability, reduced first pass metabolism, and/or other beneficial properties.
  • the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a first psychedelic compound and a second psychedelic compound, wherein the first psychedelic compound is configured for rapid uptake of the first psychedelic compound to a blood stream of a subject and the second psychedelic compound is configured for delayed uptake of the second psychedelic compound to the blood stream of the subject.
  • the first psychedelic compound or the second psychedelic compound are encapsulated.
  • the composition comprises an emulsion comprising a plurality of droplets, wherein the first psychedelic compound or the second psychedelic compound is encapsulated in the plurality of droplets.
  • the droplet has a size less than or equal to about 1 micrometer. In some embodiments, the droplet has a size less than or equal to about 500 nanometers. In some embodiments, the droplet has a size between about 10 nanometers and about 200 nanometers.
  • the emulsion is an oil-in-water (o/w) emulsion or a water-in-oil (w/o) emulsion.
  • the first psychedelic compound is a synthetic compound.
  • the first psychedelic compound of the second psychedelic compound is a natural compound.
  • the first or the second psychedelic compound comprises one or more members selected from the group consisting of: tryptamine, phenethyl amine, lysergamide, prodrugs thereof, and modifications thereof.
  • the first of the second psychedelic compound comprises one or more members selected from the group consisting of: harmala alkaloid, harmaline, diemethyltryptamine (DMT), 5-methoxy-N,N- dimethyltryptamine (5ME0-DMT), psilocybin, psilocin, 2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine (DOI), dimethoxybromoamphetamine (DOB), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-ethylamphetamine (DOE), 2,5- dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine (DOM), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-nitroamphetamine (DON), 2-(4- Iodo-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethan-l-amine (2CI), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-bromophenethylamin (2C-B), trimethoxyamphetamine (TMA), 3,
  • the first of the second psychedelic compound is configured to bind one or more members selected from the group consisting of: dopamine receptor, serotonin receptor, trace amine-associated receptor (TAAR), opioid receptor, and modifications thereof.
  • the encapsulated psychedelic compound is configured to bind one or more members selected from the group consisting of: dopamine D2 receptor, dopamine D3 receptor, dopamine D4 receptor, 5- hydroxytryptamine 2 A (5-HT2A) receptor, 5-HT2B receptor, 5-HT2C receptor, 5-HT3 receptor,
  • 5-HT4 receptor 5-HT4 receptor
  • TAAR1 K-opioid receptor
  • p-opioid receptor 5-HT4 receptor
  • modifications thereof 5-HT4 receptor, TAAR1, K-opioid receptor, p-opioid receptor, and modifications thereof.
  • the droplet is characterized by one or more members selected from the group consisting of: (i) a sigmoidal release profile of the first or second psychedelic compound, (ii) a plasma half-life of the first or the second psychedelic compound greater than that of the first or the second psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form, (iii) a first pass metabolism of the first or the second psychedelic compound reduced by at least 5% compared to the first or the second psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form, (iv) a rate of excretion of the first or the second psychedelic compound from a subject's body reduced by at least 5% compared to the first or the second psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form, and (v) a degradation rate at an ambient temperature of at least 20° Celsius (° C.) of the first or the second psychedelic compound of at least 5% less than a degradation rate of the first
  • the composition further comprises at least one therapeutic compound.
  • a droplet of the plurality of droplets comprises the first or the second psychedelic compound and the at least one therapeutic compound.
  • a first droplet of the plurality of droplets comprises the first or the second psychedelic compound and
  • a second droplet of the plurality of droplets comprises the at least one therapeutic compound.
  • the first droplet and the second droplet are different.
  • the at least one therapeutic compound comprises at least one cannabinoid compound.
  • the at least one therapeutic compound comprises at least one terpene compound.
  • administration of the composition to a subject in need thereof effects (i) a reduced degree of a disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control, or (ii) reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control.
  • the administration of the composition to a subject in need thereof effects (i) a reduced degree of a disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control, and (ii) reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control.
  • the administration effects the reduced degree of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or more as compared to a control.
  • the administration effects the reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or more as compared to a control.
  • the disease or condition is a psychological disorder.
  • the disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of PTSD, alcohol addiction, nicotine addiction, and insomnia.
  • a level of the first psychedelic compound is detectable in the blood stream of the subject in a time of less than or equal to about five minutes after administration of the composition to the subject. In some embodiments, a level of the first psychedelic compound is detectable in the blood stream of the subject in a time of less than or equal to about one minute after administration of the composition to the subject. In some embodiments, a level of the second psychedelic compound is detectable in the blood stream of the subject in a time of greater than or equal to about five minutes after administration of the composition to the subject. In some embodiments, a level of the second psychedelic compound is detectable in the blood stream of the subject in a time from about five minutes to 30 minutes after administration of the composition to the subject.
  • the composition comprises a colloidal suspension comprising a plurality of nanoparticles, and wherein the first psychedelic compound is disposed inside the plurality of nanoparticles.
  • the first psychedelic compound is not water soluble.
  • the first psychedelic compound has a water solubility of less than or equal to about 1 gram per 100 milliliters (g/100 mL).
  • the composition comprises a plurality of liposomes, and wherein the second psychedelic compound is disposed inside the plurality of liposomes.
  • the second psychedelic compound is water soluble.
  • the second psychedelic compound has a water solubility of greater than or equal to about 1 g/100 mL.
  • the first and the second psychedelic compounds are the same. In some embodiments, the first and the second psychedelic compounds are different.
  • the present disclosure provides a kit comprising the composition of any one of the subject methods.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for administering an encapsulated psychedelic compound to a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject the composition of any one of the subject methods.
  • FIG. 1 shows a computer control system that is programmed or otherwise configured to implement methods provided herein.
  • FIG. 2A shows an example composition comprising one or more microcapsules that encapsulate one or more psychedelic compounds.
  • FIG. 2B shows an example composition comprising one or more microcapsules that encapsulate one or more psychedelic compounds.
  • FIG. 2C shows an example composition comprising one or more microcapsules that encapsulate one or more psychedelic compounds and one or more additional therapeutic compounds (e.g., cannabinoids).
  • additional therapeutic compounds e.g., cannabinoids
  • FIG. 2D shows an example composition comprising one or more psychedelic compounds in non-encapsulated form, e.g., to be used as a control composition.
  • the term “about,” as used herein, generally refers to an acceptable error range for the particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which may depend in part on how the value is measured or determined. For example, “about” can mean within 1 or more than 1 standard deviation. Alternatively, “about” can mean a range of up to 20%, up to 10%, up to 5%, or up to 1% of a given value. Alternatively, particularly with respect to biological systems or processes, the term can mean within an order of magnitude, within 5-fold, and within 2-fold, of a value.
  • the term “subject,” as used herein, generally refers to an animal.
  • the subject may have or be suspected of having a disease or ailment.
  • a subject may be a mammal.
  • Non-limiting examples of mammals include humans and animals, such as mice, monkeys, dogs and cats, including transgenic and non-transgenic mice.
  • the methods described herein can be useful in both human therapeutics, pre-clinical, and veterinary applications.
  • the subject may be a mammal.
  • the subject may be human.
  • Other mammals include, but are not limited to, apes, chimpanzees, orangutans, monkeys; domesticated animals (pets) such as dogs, cats, guinea pigs, hamsters, mice, rats, rabbits, and ferrets; domesticated farm animals such as cows, buffalo, bison, horses, donkey, swine, sheep, and goats; or exotic animals typically found in zoos, such as bear, lions, tigers, panthers, elephants, hippopotamus, rhinoceros, giraffes, antelopes, sloth, gazelles, zebras, wildebeests, prairie dogs, koala bears, kangaroo, pandas, giant pandas, hyena, seals, sea lions, and elephant seals.
  • domesticated animals such as dogs, cats, guinea pigs, hamsters, mice, rats, rabbits, and ferrets
  • domesticated farm animals
  • administer generally refers to providing a composition to a subject via a route of administration, including but not limited to intravenous, intraarterial, oral, parenteral, buccal, topical, transdermal, rectal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intraosseous, transmucosal, or intraperitoneal routes of administration.
  • a composition may be administered via a suppository, such as a vaginal or anal suppository. Oral routes of administration may be used.
  • a unit dose may be administered via inhalation.
  • Examples of the administration method may include, but are not limited to, intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intraosseous, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, epidural, intracardiac, intraarticular, intracavernous, intravitreal, transdermal, and/or oral (e.g., buccal, sublabial, and/or sublingual).
  • Examples of dosage forms for the oral administration can include, but are not limited to, a capsule, dragee, pill, tablet, gel, liquid, slurry, suspension, syrup, and powder.
  • Examples transdermal administration can include, but are not limited to, a transdermal patch, a topical liquid or gel, immersion therapy (e.g., subjecting an individual in a float tank).
  • the term “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, generally refers to an amount of a compound described herein that is sufficient to affect an intended, predetermined or prescribed application, including but not limited to, disease or condition treatment.
  • the therapeutically effective amount can vary depending upon the application (e.g., in vitro or in vivo), or the subject and disease condition being treated, e.g., the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease condition and the manner of administration.
  • the term also may apply to a dose that induces a particular response in target cells, e.g., reduction of proliferation or down regulation of activity of a target protein.
  • the specific dose may vary depending on the particular compounds chosen, the dosing regimen to be followed, whether it is administered in combination with other compounds, timing of administration, the tissue to which it is administered, and the physical delivery system in which it is carried.
  • isolated generally refers to a preparation of a substance devoid of at least some of the other components that can also be present where the substance or a similar substance naturally occurs or is initially obtained from.
  • an isolated substance can be prepared by using a purification technique to enrich it from a source mixture. Enrichment can be measured on an absolute basis, such as weight per volume of solution, or it can be measured in relation to a second, potentially interfering substance present in the source mixture. Increasing enrichment may be used.
  • a substance can also be provided in an isolated state by a process of artificial assembly, such as by chemical synthesis.
  • substantially free generally refers to a composition that has less than about 25% (e.g., by weight), less than about 15%, less than about 10%, less than about 5%, less than about 1%, less than about 0.5%, less than 0.1% or even less of a specified component. Such composition may not have a detectable amount of such specified component.
  • a composition that is substantially free of a weak acid e.g., an acid with a pKa of at most about 10) can have less than about 1% of the weak acid. The percentage can be determined as a percent of the total composition or a percent of a subset of the composition.
  • a composition that is substantially free of a weak acid can have less than 1% of the weak acid as a percent of the total composition, or as a percent of the acids in the composition.
  • the percentages can be mass, molar, or volume percentages.
  • the presence or concentration of such component may be determined spectroscopically, such as chromatography or nuclear magnetic resonance.
  • the term “synergistic,” as used herein, generally refers to an effect such that the one or more effects of the combination of compositions is greater than the one or more effects of each component alone, or they can be greater than the sum of the one or more effects of each component alone.
  • the synergistic effect can be greater than about 10 %, 20 %, 30 %, 50 %, 75 %, 100 %, 110 %, 120 %, 150 %, 200 %, 250 %, 350 %, or 500% or more than the effect on a subject with one of the components alone, or the additive effects of each of the components when administered individually.
  • the effect can be any of the measurable effects described herein.
  • the term “cannabis plant,” as used herein, generally refers to a plant that is part of a genus of a flowering plant in the family Cannabaceae, and may include three species or subspecies: sativa, indica, and ruderalis.
  • a cannabis plant may comprise a number of different parts, including a node, a plant stem, a fan leaf, and a flower.
  • the flower of a cannabis plant may be a male or a female flower.
  • the female flower may comprise a flower, a pistil, a cola, a trichome, and a calyx.
  • cannabinoid generally refers to a cannabinoid compound that has been isolated or identified in a cannabis plant.
  • a cannabinoid compound may act on a cannabinoid receptor in a cell.
  • the cannabinoid may alter physiological processes, including altering neurotransmitter release in the brain, appetite, pain-sensation, mood, and memory.
  • a cannabinoid compound may have a C21 terpenophenolic core.
  • carboxylated cannabinoid generally refers to a compound that has been isolated or identified in a cannabis plant and possesses a carboxylic acid moiety (i.e. -COOH).
  • a carboxylated cannabinoid may be tetrahydrocannabinolic acid.
  • decarboxylated cannabinoid generally refers to a cannabinoid compound that previously possessed a carboxylic acid moiety (e.g. a carboxylated cannabinoid), and underwent a chemical reaction so to no longer possesses the carboxylic acid moiety.
  • a decarboxylated cannabinoid may be a natural compound and may be present in a cannabis plant.
  • a decarboxylated cannabinoid may be synthesized or produced via synthetic methods.
  • a decarboxylated cannabinoid may be A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol.
  • terpenoid generally refers to an organic compound that is composed of isoprene units, wherein each isoprene unit has the formula CsHs.
  • the isoprene units may be connected via covalent bonds.
  • Terpenoids may have the formula (CsHsjn, wherein n is an integer of 1 or more, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, or more.
  • a terpenoid may be a monoterpenoid (C10 skeleton), sesqui terpenoid (C15 skeleton), diterpenoid (C20 skeleton), or treterpenoid (C30 skeleton).
  • Terpenoids may possess beneficial effects on a subject, and may be used as a dietary supplement or nutritional supplement.
  • terpenoid degredation product generally refers to an organic compound that is a product of a reaction performed on a terpenoid.
  • a terpenoid may degrade into multiple fragments, wherein each fragment may be considered as a terpenoid degradation product.
  • a terpenoid degradation product may be formed during a reaction such as heating, burning, or smoking a terpenoid compound or a composition comprising a terpenoid.
  • a terpenoid degradation product may be formed by application of heat of at least about 50 °C, 75 °C, 100 °C, 200 °C, 300 °C, 400 °C, 500 °C, 600 °C, 700 °C, 800 °C, 900 °C, 1000 °C, or more.
  • a terpenoid degradation product may not possess the beneficial properties of the terpenoid from which it was derived.
  • Cannabinoid compounds can be divided into ten subclasses. Subclasses of cannabinoid compounds include the cannabigerol class, cannabichromene class, cannabidiol class, delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol class, delta-8 -tetrahydrocannabinol class, cannabicyclol class, cannabielsoin class, cannabinol and cannabinodiol class, cannabitriol class, and a miscellaneous cannabinoids class.
  • Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabigerol class include cannabigerolic acid (CBGA), cannabigerolic acid monomethylether (CBGAM), cannabigerol (CBG), cannabigerol monomethylether (CBGM), cannabigerovarinic acid (CBGVA), and cannabigerovarin (CBGV).
  • CBDA cannabigerolic acid
  • CBGAM cannabigerolic acid monomethylether
  • CBD cannabigerol
  • CBDG cannabigerol monomethylether
  • CBGVA cannabigerovarinic acid
  • CBGV cannabigerovarin
  • Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabichromene class include cannabichromenic acid (CBCA), cannabichromene (CBC), cannabichromevarinic acid (CBCVA), and cannabichromevarin (CBCV).
  • CBCA cannabichromenic acid
  • CBC cannabichromene
  • CBCVA cannabichromevarinic acid
  • CBCV cannabichromevarin
  • Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabidiol class include cannabidiolic acid (CBDA), cannabidiol (CBD), cannabidiol monomethylether (CBDM), cannabidiol-C4 (CBD-C4), cannabidivarinic acid (CBDVA), cannabidivarin (CBDV), and cannabidiorcol (CBD-Ci).
  • CBDDA cannabidiolic acid
  • CBD cannabidiol
  • CBD cannabidiol
  • CBDDM cannabidiol monomethylether
  • CBD-C4 cannabidiol-C4
  • CBDVA cannabidivarinic acid
  • CBDDV cannabidivarin
  • CBD-Ci cannabidiorcol
  • Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the delta-9- tetrahydrocannabinol class include delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinolic acid A (THCA-A), delta-9- tetrahydrocannabinolic acid B (THCA-B), delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), delta-9- tetrahydrocannabinolic acid-C4 (THCA-C4), delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol-C4 (THC-C4), dena-9- tetrahydrocannabivarinic acid (THCVA), delta-9-tetrahydrocannabivarin (THCV), delta-9- tetrahydrocannabiorcolic acid (THCA-Ci), delta-9-tetrahydrocannabiorcol (THC-Ci), and delta- 7-czs-iso-tetrahydrocannabivarin.
  • THCA-A delta-9-tetra
  • Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the delta-8- tetrahydrocannabinol class include delta-8-tetrahydrocannabinolic acid (A 8 -THCA), and delta-8- tetrahydrocannabinol (A 8 -THC).
  • Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabicyclol class include cannabicyclolic acid (CBLA), cannabicyclol (CBL), and cannabicyclovarin (CBLV).
  • CBDLA cannabicyclolic acid
  • CBL cannabicyclol
  • CBLV cannabicyclovarin
  • Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabielsoin class include cannabielsoic acid A (CBEA-A), cannabielsoic acid B (CBEA-B), and cannabielsoin (CBE).
  • Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabinol and cannabinodiol class include cannabinolic acid (CBNA), cannabinol (CBN), cannabinol methylether (CBNM), cannabinol-C4 (CBN-C4), cannabivarin (CBV), cannabinol-C2 (CBN-C2), cannabiorcol (CBN-Ci), cannabinodiol (CBND), and cannabinodivarin (CBVD).
  • CBDNA cannabinolic acid
  • CBN cannabinol
  • CBN-NM cannabinol methylether
  • CBN-C4 cannabinol-C4
  • CBV cannabivarin
  • cannabinol-C2 CBN-C2
  • cannabiorcol CBN-Ci
  • CBND cannabinodiol
  • Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabitriol class include cannabitriol (CBT), 10-ethoxy-9-hydroxy-delta-6a-tetrahydrocannabinol, 8,9-dihydroxy-delta- 6a-tetrahydrocannabinol, cannabitriolvarin (CBTV), and ethoxy-cannabitriolvarin (CBTVE).
  • CBD cannabitriol
  • BTV cannabitriolvarin
  • CBTVE ethoxy-cannabitriolvarin
  • Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the miscellaneous cannabinoids class include dehydrocannabifuran (DCBF), cannabifuran (CBF), cannabichromanon (CBCN), cannabicitran (CBT), 10-oxo-delta-6a-tetrahydrocannabinol (OTHC), delta-9-czs-tetrahydrocannabinol (cis-THC), 3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-7-hydroxy-zz//2/z ⁇ - a//V7a-2-trimethy l -9-n-propyl-2,6-methano-2H- l -benzoxocin-5 -methanol (OH-iso-HHCV), cannabiripsol (CBR), and trihydroxy-delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (triOH-THC).
  • DCBF dehydrocannabifuran
  • CBF cannabifuran
  • CBCN cann
  • Terpenoid compounds that have been isolated from the essential oil of a cannabis plant may include myrcene, limonene, linalool, /ra/z.s-ocimene, Z>eta-pinene, alpha-pinene, beta- caryophyllene, delta-3 -carene, trans-gamma-bisabolene, trans-alpha-farnesene, Ac/a-fenchol, Ac/a-phellandrene, a/pAa-humulene (a/p/za-caryophyllene), guajol, alpha-gpaiene, alpha- eudesmol, terpinolene, alpha-selinene, alpha-texpineol, fenchone, camphene, c/.s-sabinene hydrate, c/.s-ocimene, Ac/a-eudesmol, Ac/a-selinen
  • Nitrogen-containing compounds have been isolated from a cannabis plant.
  • spermidine-type alkaloids that have been isolated from cannabis sativa may include cannabisativine and anhydrocannabisativine.
  • Other nitrogen-containing compounds that have been isolated from a cannabis plant include, but is not limited to, n-/ra/7.s-feruloyityramine, n-p- coumaroyltyramine, w-traws-caffeoyltyramine, grossamide, cannabisin-A, cannabisin-B, cannabisin-C, and cannabisin-D.
  • Flavonoids are compounds that may be plant or fungus secondary metabolites. Generally, flavonoids have a C15 skeleton. Flavonoids have been identified in a cannabis plant, including apigenin, luteolin, kaempferol, quercetin, orientin, vitexin, cannflavin A, and cannflavin B.
  • Additional compounds that have been isolated from a cannabis plant include unsaturated fatty acids and noncannabinoid phenols, including, but not limited to, linoleic acid, alpha-linolenic acid, oleic acid, cannabi spiran, isocannabi spiran, cannabistilbene-I, cannabistilbene-II, cannithrene-1, and cannithrene-2.
  • compositions of the present disclosure may comprise one or more compounds, e.g., one or more encapsulated psychedelic compounds, cannabinoid compounds, terpene compounds, etc.
  • the one or more compounds as disclosed herein may be encapsulated in a particle (e.g., a population of nanoparticle, microparticles, nanocapsules or microcapsules having an average diameter of less than or equal to about 1,000 micrometers) comprising the one or more compounds.
  • the one or more compounds may be encapsulated in the particle, such that the one or more compounds are contained within the particle (e.g., within an inner portion of the particle, within one or more shells of the particle) or coupled to the surface (e.g., attached to a surface of the particle).
  • Non-limiting examples of the particle may include an emulsion, a microparticle, a microcapsule, a nanoparticle, a nanocapsule, a colloid, colloid encapsulations, liposomes, etc.
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition (e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition) in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • a composition e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of from about 50 to about 150 milligrams.
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present a composition in a quantity of at least about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present a composition in a quantity of about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of from about 1 to about 10 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • Cannabinoids can be present in a composition (e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition) in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • a composition e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition
  • Cannabinoids can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • Cannabinoids can be present in a composition in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • Cannabinoids can be present in a composition in a quantity of from about 50 to about 150 milligrams.
  • Cannabinoids can be present a composition in a quantity of at least about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Cannabinoids can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Cannabinoids can be present a composition in a quantity of about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of from about 1 to about 10 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • compositions of the present disclosure can comprise one or more terpene compounds, including but not limited to terpenoids such as monoterpenoids, sesquiterpenoids, diterpenoids, and triterpenoids.
  • Terpenes can be acyclic, monocyclic, or polycyclic.
  • Terpenes can include but are not limited to myrcene, limonene, linalool, trans-ocimene, cis-ocimene, alpha-pinene, beta-pinene, alpha-humulene (alpha-caryophyllene), beta-caryophyllene, delta-3 - carene, trans-gamma-bisabolene, cis-gamma-bisabolene, trans-alpha-famesene, cis-beta- farnesene, beta-fenchol, beta-phellandrene, guajol, alpha-gualene, alpha-eudesmol, beta- eudesmol, gamma-eudesmol, terpinolene, alpha-selinene, beta-selinene, alpha-terpineol, fenchone, camphene, cis-sabinene hydrate, alpha-trans-
  • Terpene compounds can be present in a composition (e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition) in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • a composition e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition
  • Terpene compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • Terpene compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • Terpene compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of from about 50 to about 150 milligrams.
  • Terpene compounds can be present a composition in a quantity of at least about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Terpene compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Terpene compounds can be present a composition in a quantity of about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of from about 1 to about 10 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • compositions of the present disclosure can comprise one or more essential oils or essential oil compounds.
  • Essential oils can include, but are not limited to: Linalool; B- Caryophyllene; B-Myrcene; D-Limonene; Humulene; a-Pinene; Ylang Ylang (Cananga odorata); Yarrow (Achillea millefolium); Violet (Viola odorata); Vetiver (Vetiveria zizanoides); Vanilla (Vanilla plantifolia); Tuberose (Polianthes tuberosa); Thyme (Thymus vulgaris L.); Tea Tree (Melaleuca altemifolia); Tangerine (Citrus reticulata); Spruce, Black (Picea mariana); Spruce (Tsuga Canadensis); Spikenard (Nardostachys jatamansi); Spearmint (Mentha spicata); Sandalwood (Santalum
  • Essential oils can be present in a composition (e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition) in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • a composition e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition
  • a composition e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition
  • a composition e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition
  • a composition e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition
  • a composition e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5,
  • Essential oils can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • Essential oils can be present in a composition in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • Essential oils can be present in a composition in a quantity of from about 50 to about 150 milligrams.
  • Essential oils can be present a composition in a quantity of at least about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Essential oils can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Essential oils can be present a composition in a quantity of about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product.
  • Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of from about 1 to about 10 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
  • a particle e.g., microcapsule
  • compositions described herein can provide several advantages, including but not limited to increased shelf stability, increased bioavailability, increased bioactivity, and delayed release.
  • the compositions described herein, when administered to a subject, can have various release profiles, half-lives, and metabolic characteristics.
  • the subject compositions can comprise a plurality of particles (e.g., microcapsules), wherein an individual particle in the plurality of particles is can be characterized by exhibiting at least one of: (a) a sigmoidal release profile of the encapsulated psychedelic compound; (b) a plasma half-life of the encapsulated psychedelic compound greater than twice that of a control psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form; (c) a first pass metabolism of the encapsulated psychedelic compound reduced by at least 50% compared to a control psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form; (d) a rate of excretion of the encapsulated psychedelic compound from a subject’s body reduced by at least 20% compared to a control psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form; or (e) a degradation rate at an ambient temperature of at least 20 °C of the encapsulated psychedelic compound of less than about 50% of a degradation rate of a control psychedelic
  • compositions described herein can have a shelf half-life of at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 240, 270, 300, 330, or 360 days. In some cases, the compositions described herein can have a shelf half-life of at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 years.
  • Compositions in encapsulated form can be characterized by psychedelic compound degradation rate at an ambient temperature of at least 20 °C of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% less than the degradation rate of a control composition comprising the psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form.
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be characterized by a plasma half-life in a subject of at least 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, or 5.0 times that of a non-encapsulated psychedelic compounds.
  • Plasma half-life of a composition can be determined experimentally by administering the composition to a subject, taking plasma samples from a subject at multiple time points, and measuring the concentration of the compound or compounds of interest in those plasma samples. The concentration of the compound or compounds of interest will reach a peak value in the plasma, then fall as the compound or compounds are metabolized, degraded, or cleared from the blood stream.
  • the plasma half-life is the time for the plasma concentration value to be halved.
  • the encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be sigmoidal (e.g., having an ‘S’ shape curve, such as a logistic function).
  • the encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be non-sigmoidal.
  • the encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be linear.
  • the encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be non-linear.
  • the encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be instant release.
  • the encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be non-instant release.
  • the encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be delayed release.
  • the encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be constant or sustained release.
  • the encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be non-constant or non-sustained release.
  • no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle (e.g., microcapsule) within 1 hour of administration to a subject.
  • no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 2 hours of administration to a subject.
  • no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 3 hours of administration to a subject.
  • no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 4 hours of administration to a subject.
  • no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 5 hours of administration to a subject.
  • no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 6 hours of administration to a subject.
  • no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 7 hours of administration to a subject.
  • no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 8 hours of administration to a subject.
  • a release profile is the relationship between time and the amount of a compound released into a subject or the concentration of the compound within the subject (e.g., within the plasma). Release profiles can be measured in a similar manner to plasma half-life.
  • a composition can be administered to a subject, and samples (e.g., plasma samples or blood samples) can be taken from the subject at multiple time points. The concentration of the compound or compounds of interest can be measured in those samples, and a release profile can be plotted.
  • Compounds taken up into a subject via the gastrointestinal system can be transported to the liver before entering general circulation.
  • Compounds susceptible to metabolic degradation in the liver can have their activities substantially reduced by the first-pass metabolism through the liver.
  • Encapsulation (e.g., microencapsulation) of compounds can reduce first-pass metabolism of the compounds in the liver.
  • Compositions in encapsulated form can be characterized by a first pass psychedelic compound metabolism in a subject of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% less than that of psychedelic compounds in a non-encapsulated form.
  • Compositions in encapsulated form can be characterized by a psychedelic compound excretion rate from a subject of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% less than that of psychedelic compounds in a non-encapsulated form.
  • compositions described herein when administered to a subject, can have improved bioavailability, bioactivity, or both.
  • Bioavailability is the fraction of an administered dosage of unchanged compound that reaches systemic circulation.
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be characterized by a bioavailability in a subject of at least 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5, or 10.0 times that of non-encapsulated psychedelic compounds.
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be characterized by a bioavailability in a subject of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%,%, 98%, 99%, or 100%.
  • Bioactivity, or biological activity is the activity exerted by the active ingredient or ingredients in a composition.
  • Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be characterized by a bioactivity in a subject of at least 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5, or 10.0 times that of non-encapsulated psychedelic compounds.
  • Subjects of the present disclosure can include humans and other animals, such as pets (e.g., dogs, cats, birds, small mammals, snakes) and livestock or farm animals (e.g., cows, pigs, horses, sheep, chickens). Compositions of the present disclosure can be useful for veterinary applications.
  • pets e.g., dogs, cats, birds, small mammals, snakes
  • livestock or farm animals e.g., cows, pigs, horses, sheep, chickens.
  • Compositions of the present disclosure can be useful for veterinary applications.
  • the present disclosure provides a unit dose of a composition that may comprise an encapsulated psychedelic compound.
  • the composition may comprise (e.g., in addition to the encapsulated psychedelic compound) one or more cannabinoids (e.g., carboxylated or decarboxylated).
  • the composition may comprise a mixture of carboxylated cannabinoids and decarboxylated cannabinoids and one or more terpenoids.
  • the composition may comprise decarboxylated cannabinoids (e.g. A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol) and carboxylated cannabinoids (e.g. tetrahydrocannabinolic acid).
  • a dose of the present disclosure can comprise more than about 1 milligram (mg), 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of an encapsulated psychedelic compound.
  • a dose of a composition of the present disclosure can comprise about 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of an encapsulated psychedelic compound.
  • a dose of a composition of the present disclosure can comprise less than about 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of an encapsulated psychedelic compound.
  • the composition may comprise a ratio of decarboxylated cannabinoids to carboxylated cannabinoids of at least about 0.01 : 1, 0.05: 1, 0.1 : 1, 0.5: 1, 1 : 1, 2: 1, 3: 1, 4: 1, 5: 1, 6: 1, 7:1, 8: 1, 9: 1, 10: 1, 20: 1, 30: 1, 40: 1, 50: 1, 60:1, 70: 1, 80: 1, 90: 1, 100: 1, or more.
  • the ratio of decarboxylated cannabinoids to carboxylated cannabinoids may also be described as a single value of at least about 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or more.
  • the ratio of decarboxylated cannabinoids to carboxylated cannabinoids in a composition of the current disclosure or a unit dose may be different than the ratio of the products isolated directly from a natural source.
  • a ratio of decarboxylated cannabinoid e.g. A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol
  • carboxylated cannabinoid e.g.
  • tetrahydrocannabinolic acid may be 0.05: 1 when isolated from a natural source, such as a cannabis plant. After undergoing a method described herein, the ratio of decarboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol) to carboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. tetrahydrocannabinolic acid) may be 1 : 1, 2: 1, 5: 1, or higher.
  • decarboxylated cannabinoid e.g. A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol
  • carboxylated cannabinoid e.g. tetrahydrocannabinolic acid
  • any of the components described herein, including A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol, may be used in a composition in free form, isolated form, purified from a natural source, and/or purified or prepared from a synthetic source.
  • the natural source can be an animal source or plant source.
  • the components can be pure to at least about 95, 97, 99, 99.5, 99.9, 99.99, or 99.999%.
  • a dose of the present disclosure can comprise more than about 1 milligram (mg), 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of a cannabinoid compound.
  • a dose of a composition of the present disclosure can comprise about 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of a cannabinoid compound.
  • a dose of a composition of the present disclosure can comprise less than about 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of a cannabinoid compound.
  • a unit dose of A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol can be at least about 10 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 350 mg, 400 mg, 450 mg, 500 mg, 550 mg, 600 mg, 650 mg, 700 mg, 750 mg, 800 mg, 850 mg, 900 mg, 950 mg, or 1000 mg.
  • a unit dose of A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol can be from about 1 mg to about 20 mg, from 3 mg to about 15, from 5 mg to about 10 mg.
  • a dose of A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol can comprise at least about 0.001 moles (mol) A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol, 0.005 mol, 0.01 mol, 0.015 mol, 0.02 mol, 0.03 mol, 0.04 mol, 0.05 mol, 0.06 mol, 0.07 mol, 0.08 mol, 0.09 mol, 0.1 mol, 0.2 mol, 0.3 mol, 0.4 mol, 0.5 mol, or more.
  • a unit dose may comprise at least about 10 milligram (mg), 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 350 mg, 400 mg, 450 mg, 500 mg, 550 mg, 600 mg, 650 mg, 700 mg, 750 mg, 800 mg, 850 mg, 900 mg, 950 mg, or 1000 mg of tetrahydrocannabinolic acid.
  • a unit dose may comprise at least about 10 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 350 mg, 400 mg, 450 mg, 500 mg, 550 mg, 600 mg, 650 mg, 700 mg, 750 mg, 800 mg, 850 mg, 900 mg, 950 mg, or 1000 mg of a terpenoid.
  • a unit dose may be substantially free of a terpenoid degradation compound.
  • a unit dose may comprise less than about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of a terpenoid degradation compound.
  • a unit dose may comprise less than about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of multiple terpenoid degradation compounds.
  • a unit dose may comprise less than about 10%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.1%, or 0.01% of a terpenoid degradation compound by weight.
  • a unit dose may comprise less than about 10%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.1%, or 0.01% of a terpenoid degradation compound by volume.
  • a unit dose may comprise at most about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of a terpenoid degradation compound.
  • a unit dose may be substantially free of an acid, wherein the acid may be used to convert a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid.
  • a unit dose may comprise less than about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of an acid.
  • a unit dose may comprise less than about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of multiple acids.
  • a unit dose may comprise less than about 10%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.1%, or 0.01% of an acid by weight.
  • a unit dose may comprise less than about 10%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.1%, or 0.01% of an acid by volume.
  • a unit dose may comprise at most about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of an acid.
  • a unit dose of a composition of the current disclosure can result in a blood concentration, blood plasma concentration, or blood content of a compound in the composition certain amount after a given period of time.
  • a unit dose of a composition may result in a blood content that may be measure from a sample of blood, a sample of blood plasma, a urine sample, a saliva swab, the subject’s breath, or other samples of bodily fluids.
  • a unit dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the psychedelic compound of at least about 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 300, 400, 500 nanograms per milliliter (ng/mL) or greater.
  • the unit dose of the encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the psychedelic compound of at most about 500, 400, 300, 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or 0.5 ng/mL.
  • a unit dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the psychedelic compound of about at least about 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 ng/mL or higher.
  • a unit dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the psychedelic compound from 10 to 200 ng/mL, from 50 to 190 ng/mL, or from 90 to 170 ng/mL.
  • a daily dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the psychedelic compound of at least about 0.5 ng/mL, 0.75 ng/mL, 1 ng/mL, 1.25 ng/mL, 1.5 ng/mL, 1.75 ng/mL, 2 ng/mL, 2.5 ng/mL, 3 ng/mL, 4 ng/mL, 5 ng/mL, 10 ng/mL, 20 ng/mL, 30 ng/mL, 40 ng/mL, 50 ng/mL, 60 ng/mL, 70 ng/mL, 80 ng/mL, 90 ng/mL, 100 ng/mL, 110 ng/mL,
  • a unit dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the encapsulated psychedelic compound from 10 to 200 ng/mL, from 50 to 190 ng/mL, or from 90 to 170 ng/mL.
  • the composition may be configured for or may provide a rapid uptake, delayed uptake, or both of one or more psychedelic compounds. Rapid absorption and uptake may be determined by time from administration of the compound to a subject until a detectable level of the psychedelic compound is present in the blood of a subject.
  • a composition providing rapid uptake may provide a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject in less than or equal to about 5 minutes, 4 minutes, 3 minutes, 2 minutes, 1 minute, 30 seconds or less from administration of the composition.
  • a composition providing rapid uptake may provide a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood stream of a subject from about 30 seconds to 1 minute, 30 seconds to 2 minutes, 30 seconds to 3 minutes, 30 seconds to 4 minutes, 30 seconds to 5 minutes, 1 minute to 2 minutes, 1 minute to 3 minutes, 1 minute to 4 minutes, 1 minute to 5 minutes, 2 minutes to 3 minutes, 2 minutes to 4 minutes, 2 minutes to 5 minutes, 3 minutes to 4 minutes, 3 minutes to 5 minutes, or 4 minutes to 5 minutes after administration of the compound.
  • the composition provides for rapid uptake and absorption.
  • the composition provides a detectable amount of a psychedelic in the blood stream of a subject in less than about 5 minutes after administration of the composition.
  • the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject in less than or equal to about 3 minutes after administration of the composition. In another example, the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood stream of a subject in less than or equal to about 1 minute after administration of the composition. In another example, the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood stream of a subject in less than or equal to about 30 seconds after administration of the composition.
  • a composition providing delayed uptake and absorption of a psychedelic compound may provide a detectable level of the psychedelic compound to the blood of a subject in a time of greater than or equal to about 5 minutes, 6 minutes, 7 minutes, 10 minutes, 12 minutes, 15 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, or longer after administration of the composition.
  • a composition providing delayed absorption may provide a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject from about 5 minutes to 6 minutes, 5 minutes to 7 minutes, 5 minutes to 10 minutes, 5 minutes to 12 minutes, 5 minutes to 15 minutes, 5 minutes to 20 minutes, 5 minutes to 30 minutes, 6 minutes to 7 minutes, 6 minutes to 10 minutes, 6 minutes to 12 minutes, 6 minutes to 15 minutes, 6 minutes to 20 minutes, 6 minutes to 30 minutes, 7 minutes to 10 minutes, 7 minutes to 12 minutes, 7 minutes to 15 minutes, 7 minutes to 20 minutes, 7 minutes to 30 minutes, 10 minutes to 12 minutes, 10 minutes to 15 minutes, 10 minutes to 20 minutes, 10 minutes to 30 minutes, 12 minutes to 15 minutes, 12 minutes to 20 minutes, 12 minutes to 30 minutes, 15 minutes to 20 minutes, 15 minutes to 30 minutes, or 20 minutes to 30 minutes after administration of the composition.
  • the composition provides for delayed uptake of a psychedelic compound.
  • the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject in a time of greater than or equal to about 5 minutes after administration of the composition.
  • the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject in greater than or equal to about 10 minutes after administration of the composition.
  • the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject in greater than or equal to about 15 minute after administration of the composition.
  • the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject from about 10 minutes to about 30 minutes after administration of the composition.
  • Blood levels of a psychedelic compound may peak about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, or 20 minutes after the first dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound. Blood levels of a psychedelic compound may remain detectable for about 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 8 hours, 10 hours, 12 hours, 18 hours, 24 hours, or 36 hours after the last dose of the encapsulated psychedelic compound.
  • a unit dose of a cannabinoid can result in a blood concentration of the cannabinoid of at least about 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 300, 400, 500 nanograms per milliliter (ng/mL) or greater.
  • the unit dose of the cannabinoid can result in a blood concentration of the cannabinoid of at most about 500, 400, 300, 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or 0.5 ng/mL.
  • a unit dose of a cannabinoid can result in a blood concentration of the cannabinoid of about at least about 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 ng/mL or higher.
  • a unit dose of a cannabinoid can result in a blood concentration of the cannabinoid from 10 to 200 ng/mL, from 50 to 190 ng/mL, or from 90 to 170 ng/mL.
  • a daily dose of a cannabinoid can result in a blood concentration of the cannabinoid of at least about 0.5 ng/mL, 0.75 ng/mL, 1 ng/mL, 1.25 ng/mL, 1.5 ng/mL, 1.75 ng/mL, 2 ng/mL, 2.5 ng/mL, 3 ng/mL, 4 ng/mL, 5 ng/mL, 10 ng/mL, 20 ng/mL, 30 ng/mL, 40 ng/mL, 50 ng/mL, 60 ng/mL, 70 ng/mL, 80 ng/mL, 90 ng/mL, 100 ng/mL, 110 ng/mL, 120 ng/mL, 130 ng/mL, 140 ng/mL, 150 ng/mL, 160 ng/mL, 170 ng/mL, 180 ng/mL, 190 ng/mL, 200 ng/mL
  • Blood levels of a cannabinoid may peak about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, or 20 minutes after the first dose of a cannabinoid. Blood levels of a cannabinoid may remain detectable for about 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 8 hours, 10 hours, 12 hours, 18 hours, 24 hours, or 36 hours after the last dose of the cannabinoid.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used in a combination therapy.
  • a combination therapy may be administered by a combination treatment regimen.
  • a combination treatment regimen may encompass treatment regimens in which administration of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is initiated prior to, during, or after treatment with a second agent, and may continue until any time during treatment with the second agent or after termination of treatment with the second agent.
  • the second agent being used in combination may be administered simultaneously or at different times and/or at decreasing or increasing intervals during the treatment period than the first agent.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may comprise two or more compounds.
  • a composition may comprise two or more compounds of the current disclosure.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used in conjunction with an opioid.
  • the opioid may act on an opioid receptor after administration to a subject.
  • the combination of a composition of the current disclosure and an opioid may have a synergistic effect on a subject.
  • the combination therapy may impart fewer and lessen the severity of side effects observed compared to when a compound or composition is administered as a single agent.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used in conjunction with a chemotherapy agent (e.g., paclitaxel, docetaxel, doxorubicin, bortezomib, gemcitabine, or cisplatin) or chemotherapy treatment.
  • a chemotherapy agent e.g., paclitaxel, docetaxel, doxorubicin, bortezomib, gemcitabine, or cisplatin
  • the chemotherapy agent or treatment may be radiation, hormonal therapy, targeted therapy, or a cytotoxic agent.
  • the composition and chemotherapy treatment may exhibit synergistic effects.
  • a combination composition can be formulated to achieve a given, desired or predetermined molar ratio or mass ratio between two or more compounds of the composition.
  • the molar ratio can be adjusted to account for the bioavailability, the uptake, and the metabolic processing of the one or more components of a combination composition. For example, if the bioavailability of a component is low, then the molar amount of a that component can be increased relative to other components in the combination composition.
  • the circulating molar or mass ratio may be achieved within about 0.1, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 3, 5, or 10, 12, 24, or 48 hours after administration.
  • the circulating molar or mass ratio can be maintained for a time period of about or greater than about 0.1, 1, 2, 5, 10, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 72, or 96 hours.
  • compositions described herein can be compounded into a variety of different dosage forms. It can be in an oral dosage form.
  • the composition may be used orally, such as, for example, in the form of a tablet, a capsule, a pill, a granule, an emulsion, a gel, a plurality of beads encapsulated in a capsule, a powder, a suspension, a liquid, a semi-liquid, a semi-solid, a syrup, a slurry, a chewable form, caplets, soft gelatin capsules, lozenges or solution.
  • a composition can be formulated for inhalation or for intravenous delivery.
  • the compositions can also be formulated as a nasal spray or for injection when in solution form.
  • the composition can be a liquid composition suitable for oral consumption.
  • a composition may also be formulated onto a solid or semi-solid support.
  • the composition may be formulated on or in a polymeric material (e.g., silicone) and can be used as an injectable polymeric material (e.g., silicone) to prevent blood loss during traumatic injury or surgery.
  • the polymeric material may be a biopolymer.
  • the biopolymer may biodegradable or absorbable into the subject over a period of time.
  • the polymeric material may facilitate wound repair, assist in a decrease in perceived pain by the subject, exhibit antimicrobial properties, such as slowing the growth of microorganisms, or facilitate overall homeostatic balance in or around the wound or in the subject as a whole.
  • the polymeric material may decrease shock, trauma, or oxidative stress to the area of or around the wound or in subject overall.
  • the polymeric material may also be used as a vehicle for delivering therapeutic material.
  • a composition of the current disclosure and a second therapeutic material may be formulated onto a polymeric material that is use before, during, or after a surgical procedure or trauma.
  • the composition may be formulated for use during and after a surgical procedure, such as onto a medical device.
  • the medical device may be a suture, a plug, thread, an implant, or a prosthetic.
  • the composition may be formulated onto a material that is biodegradable or absorbable and may degrade within the body after at least about 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 7 days, 1 month, 2 months, or more.
  • the medical device e.g. suture or plug
  • the composition may facilitate a slow-release of compounds of the composition, which may be desired.
  • the compositions can be formulated onto a medical device that is implanted into a subject during surgery, and may release one or more components over a time period of 1, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 36, 48 or more hours.
  • a composition described herein may be used to enhance the success or results of an implant or prosthetic procedure.
  • a composition may be administered before, during, or after an implant procedure.
  • Implants may be used to replace a missing biological structure, support damaged structure, or enhance existing structure.
  • an implant may be subdermal.
  • an implant may be transdermal.
  • Implants may include, for example, cardiovascular implants, orthopedic implants, contraception implants, cosmetic implants, prosthetic limbs, and ocular implants.
  • an implant may be a neural lace, and may be implanted into the head cavity, and may be in or near the brain.
  • a composition described herein may provide benefits for neuroplasticity and may positively alter the ability of the brain to change over time.
  • Compositions formulated for inhalation can be packaged in an inhaler or nebulizer.
  • An inhaler can be designed to dispense 0.25, 0.5, or 1 unit dose per inhalation.
  • An inhaler can have a canister that holds the subject composition formulated for inhalation, a metering valve that allows for a metered quantity of the formulation to be dispensed with each actuation, and an actuator or mouthpiece that allows for the device to be operated and direct the subject composition into the subject’s lungs.
  • the formulated composition can include a liquefied gas propellant and possibly stabilizing excipients.
  • the actuator can have a mating discharge nozzle that connects to the canister and a dust cap to prevent contamination of the actuator.
  • the subject composition Upon actuation, the subject composition can be volatized, which results in the formation of droplets of the subject composition. The droplets can rapidly evaporate resulting in micrometer-sized particles that may be then inhaled by the subject.
  • compositions of the present disclosure suitable for administration can be in the form of capsules, cachets, tablets, aerosol sprays, powders, granules, gels, syrups, slurries, wafers, lozenge, aqueous compositions, liquid compositions, suspensions in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, oil-in-water emulsions, water-in-oil liquid emulsions, colloids, colloid encapsulations (e.g., a single or multi-layer(s) colloid encapsulation), liposomes, colloidosomes, etc.
  • oral, intravenous, or intramuscular administration can be in the form of capsules, cachets, tablets, aerosol sprays, powders, granules, gels, syrups, slurries, wafers, lozenge, aqueous compositions, liquid compositions, suspensions in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, oil-in-water emulsions,
  • oral administration of a colloid encapsulation comprising any of the compositions disclosed herein may enable rapid onset, rapid uptake, and/or enhanced bioavailability, thereby providing an easier administration for subjects in need thereof (e.g., patients) route than other methods.
  • oral administration of a lozenge or wafer comprising any of the compositions disclosed herein may enable rapid onset, rapid uptake, and/or enhanced bioavailability in a subject in need thereof.
  • the lozenge or wafer may comprise colloid encapsulation (e.g., monolayer colloid encapsulation).
  • compositions disclosed herein can be contained or coupled to a carrier (e.g., a housing), such as a patch (e.g., a transdermal patch configured to release compositions, such as emulsions, single layer colloids, bilayer liposomes, etc.).
  • a carrier e.g., a housing
  • a patch e.g., a transdermal patch configured to release compositions, such as emulsions, single layer colloids, bilayer liposomes, etc.
  • compositions of the present disclosure suitable for oral administration can be presented as discrete dosage forms, such as capsules, cachets, or tablets, or liquids or aerosol sprays each containing a predetermined amount of an active ingredient as a powder or in granules, a solution, or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, an oil-in-water emulsion, or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion, including liquid dosage forms (e.g., a suspension or slurry), and oral solid dosage forms (e.g., a tablet or bulk powder).
  • discrete dosage forms such as capsules, cachets, or tablets, or liquids or aerosol sprays each containing a predetermined amount of an active ingredient as a powder or in granules, a solution, or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, an oil-in-water emulsion, or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion, including liquid dosage forms (e.g.
  • Oral dosage forms can be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, emulsions, lipophilic and hydrophilic suspensions, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, for oral ingestion by an individual, patient, or subject to be treated.
  • Such dosage forms can be prepared by any of the methods of formulation.
  • the active ingredients can be brought into association with a carrier, which constitutes one or more necessary ingredients.
  • Capsules suitable for oral administration include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, in some cases, stabilizers.
  • the composition for oral use may be obtained by mixing a composition comprising a solid excipient, in some cases grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • Excipients may be fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP).
  • Compositions that are prepared may be prepared uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired presentation.
  • a tablet can be prepared by compression or molding, in some cases with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form, such as powder or granules, in some cases mixed with an excipient such as, but not limited to, a binder, a lubricant, an inert diluent, and/or a surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the liquid forms in which the formulations disclosed herein can be incorporated for administration orally or by injection, include aqueous solution, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions include synthetic natural gums, such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone or gelatin.
  • Liquid preparations for oral administration can take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they can be presented as a dry product for reconstitution with water or other suitable vehicles before use.
  • Such liquid preparations can be prepared by conventional approaches with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters or ethyl alcohol); preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid); and artificial or natural colors and/or sweeteners.
  • suspending agents e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose or hydrogenated edible fats
  • emulsifying agents e.g., lecithin or acacia
  • non-aqueous vehicles e.g., almond oil, oily
  • anhydrous compositions and dosage forms comprising an active ingredient, since water can facilitate the degradation of some compounds.
  • water can be added (e.g., 5%) to simulate long-term storage in order to determine characteristics such as shelf-life or the stability of formulations over time.
  • Anhydrous compositions and dosage forms of the present disclosure can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions.
  • Compositions and dosage forms of the present disclosure which contain lactose can be made anhydrous if substantial contact with moisture and/or humidity during manufacturing, packaging, and/or storage is expected.
  • An anhydrous composition can be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Accordingly, anhydrous compositions can be packaged using materials that prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastic, unit dose containers, blister packs, and strip packs.
  • compositions for an oral dosage form can be employed as carriers, such as, for example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents, in the case of oral liquid preparations (such as suspensions, solutions, and elixirs) or aerosols; or carriers such as starches, sugars, micro-crystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents can be used in the case of oral solid preparations, with or without employing the use of lactose.
  • suitable carriers include powders, capsules, and tablets, with the solid oral preparations. If desired, tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques.
  • Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum
  • Binders suitable for use in dosage forms include, but are not limited to, corn starch, potato starch, or other starches, gelatin, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, pre-gelatinized starch, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, and mixtures thereof.
  • natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone,
  • Lubricants which can be used to form compositions and dosage forms of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene glycol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil), zinc stearate, ethyl oleate, ethylaureate, agar, or mixtures thereof.
  • Additional lubricants include, for example, a syloid silica gel, a coagulated aerosol of synthetic silica, or mixtures thereof.
  • a lubricant may be added, such as, for example, in an amount of less than about 1 weight percent of the composition.
  • Lubricants can be also be used in conjunction with tissue barriers which include, but are not limited to, polysaccharides, polyglycans, seprafilm, interceed and hyaluronic acid.
  • Disintegrants can be used in the compositions of the present disclosure to provide tablets that disintegrate when exposed to an aqueous environment. Too much of a disintegrant can produce tablets which can disintegrate in the bottle. Too little can be insufficient for disintegration to occur and can thus alter the rate and extent of release of the active ingredient(s) from the dosage form. Thus, a sufficient amount of disintegrant that is neither too little nor too much to detrimentally alter the release of the active ingredient(s) can be used to form the dosage forms of the compounds disclosed herein.
  • Disintegrants that can be used to form compositions and dosage forms of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, agar-agar, alginic acid, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polacrilin potassium, sodium starch glycolate, potato or tapioca starch, other starches, pre-gelatinized starch, other starches, clays, other algins, other celluloses, gums or mixtures thereof.
  • suitable fillers for use in the compositions and dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate (e.g., granules or powder), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre-gelatinized starch, and mixtures thereof.
  • aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs may be desired for oral administration.
  • the active ingredient therein may be combined with various sweetening or flavoring agents, coloring matter or dyes and, if desired, emulsifying and/or suspending agents, together with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol, glycerin or various combinations thereof.
  • the tablets can be uncoated or coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed.
  • Formulations for oral use can also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • the composition can include a solubilizer to ensure good solubilization and/or dissolution of the compound of the present disclosure and to minimize precipitation of the compound of the present disclosure. This can be especially important for compositions for non-oral use, e.g., compositions for injection.
  • a solubilizer can also be added to increase the solubility of the hydrophilic drug and/or other components, such as surfactants, or to maintain the composition as a stable or homogeneous solution or dispersion.
  • the composition can further include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable additives or pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • additives and excipients include, without limitation, detackifiers, anti-foaming agents, buffering agents, polymers, antioxidants, preservatives, chelating agents, viscomodulators, tonicifiers, flavorants, colorants, odorants, opacifiers, suspending agents, binders, fillers, plasticizers, lubricants, and mixtures thereof.
  • excipients includes monoglycerides, magnesium stearate, modified food starch, gelatin, microcrystalline cellulose, glycerin, stearic acid, silica, yellow beeswax, lecithin, hydroxypropylcellulose, croscarmellose sodium, and crospovidone.
  • a compound or composition described herein may be formulated or administered in combination with another active ingredient or ingredients.
  • a cannabinoid composition may be administered with psychedelic compounds for therapeutic enhancement.
  • the therapeutic enhancement may be via optimization of the endocannabinoid system, neuroplasticity, neural trimming, anti-psychotic effects, anxiety effects, enhanced neurogenesis, or a combination thereof.
  • a cannabinoid composition as described herein may be used in combination with psychedelic compounds, such as 3, 4-methylenedi oxymethamphetamine (MDMA), psilocybin, lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD).
  • a cannabinoid composition may be used in combination with psychedelic assisted therapeutic programs, and may assist in overall efficacy.
  • the compositions described herein can also be formulated as extended-release, slow- release, sustained-release or time-release such that one or more components are released over time.
  • compositions of the present disclosure may have half-lives of at least about 1 minute, 10 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hours, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, or more.
  • Delayed release can be achieved by formulating the one or more components in a matrix of a variety of materials or by microencapsulation (e.g., microencapsulation in a material that has a predetermined rate of degradation, or a material with pores with pore sizes that permit controllable release).
  • the compositions can be formulated to release one or more components over a time period of 1, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 36, or 48 hours.
  • the composition may include one or more polymers and a psychedelic compound.
  • the one or more polymers may provide for extended- or sustained- release of the psychedelic compound.
  • the composition may include one or more polymers for extended- or sustained release of a water soluble psychedelic compound (e.g., LSD).
  • the composition may include one or more polymers for extended- or sustained- release of a fat soluble psychedelic compound (e.g., DMT).
  • the composition may include one or more polymers for extended- or sustained-release of both a water soluble psychedelic compound and a fat soluble psychedelic compound.
  • the composition described herein may be configured to provide or may provide for both rapid uptake and delayed uptake of a psychedelic compound.
  • a composition may provide both rapid uptake and delayed uptake of one or more psychedelics.
  • the composition provides rapid uptake (e.g., provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood stream of a subject in less than about 5 minutes after administration of the composition to the subject) and delayed uptake (e.g., a detectable level of a psychedelic compound to the blood stream of a subject from about 5 minutes to 20 minutes after administration of the composition).
  • the composition may include a single psychedelic compound or multiple psychedelic compounds.
  • the composition includes a single psychedelic compound that is provided in a rapid uptake form and a delayed uptake form.
  • the composition may include a first psychedelic composition that is configured to be delivered or is delivered in a rapid uptake form and a second psychedelic composition that is configured to be delivered or is delivered in a delayed uptake form.
  • the rapid uptake form of the psychedelic may include a rapid uptake component which may permit rapid absorption of the psychedelic compound and delivery to the blood stream of a subject.
  • the psychedelic compound may or may not be water soluble and the water soluble component may increase or provide for the psychedelic compound to be water soluble.
  • the psychedelic compound may be water soluble and may have a water solubility of greater than or equal to 1 gram per 100 mL (g/100 mL).
  • the psychedelic compound may have low water solubility or may not be water soluble and the water solubility of the psychedelic compound may be less than or equal to 1 g/100 mL, 0.5 g/100 mL, 0.1 g/ 100 mL, 0.01 g/100 mL, or less.
  • the rapid uptake component may be a polymer, microparticle, nanoparticle, surfactant, or other structure or material that may provide or enhance the water solubility of the psychedelic compound.
  • the rapid uptake component may encapsulate the psychedelic compound to provide for rapid absorption and uptake of the psychedelic compound.
  • the rapid uptake component may be a nanoparticle that encapsulates the psychedelic compound.
  • the rapid uptake component may permit the psychedelic compound to bypass first pass digestion for increased uptake rate as compared to the psychedelic without the rapid uptake component.
  • the delayed uptake form may include a delayed uptake component which may permit delayed absorption of the psychedelic compound and delayed delivery of the psychedelic compound to the blood of a subject.
  • the psychedelic compound may or may not be fat soluble and the delayed uptake component may increase or provide for the psychedelic compound to be fat soluble.
  • the psychedelic may not be fat soluble and may be water soluble.
  • the water solubility of the psychedelic compound may be greater than or equal to 1 g/100 mL, 2 g/100 mL, 3 g/ 100 mL, 5 g/100 mL, 10 g/ 100 mL or more.
  • the psychedelic may be partially water soluble and may have a water solubility of greater than or equal to 0.1 g/100 mL, 0.2 g/100 mL, 0.3 g/100 mL, 0.5 g/100 mL, or more.
  • the psychedelic may be partially water soluble and may have a water solubility from about 0.1 g/ 100 mL to 1 g/100 mL.
  • the delayed uptake component may be a polymer, nanoparticle, liposome, surfactant, or other structure or material that may provide or enhance the fat solubility of the psychedelic compound.
  • the delayed uptake component may encapsulate the psychedelic compound to provide for delayed absorption and uptake of the psychedelic compound.
  • the delayed uptake component may be a liposome that encapsulates the psychedelic compound.
  • the liposome, polymer, nanoparticle, surfactant, or other structure or material may be as described elsewhere herein.
  • the delayed uptake component may provide for extended systemic release of the psychedelic compound.
  • the present disclosure provides a composition comprising an emulsion (e.g., oil-in-water emulsion, water-in-oil emulsion).
  • the emulsion may comprise an encapsulated psychedelic compound.
  • the emulsion may comprise a plurality of droplets, and a droplet of the plurality of droplets may comprise said encapsulated psychedelic compound.
  • the composition may comprise one or more components as provided in the present disclosure.
  • the composition may comprise at least one therapeutic compound, e.g., at least one cannabinoid compound and/or at least one terpene compound as disclosed herein.
  • the encapsulated psychedelic compound and the at least one therapeutic compound may be different.
  • the droplet of the composition may further comprise any of the cannabinoid compounds provided herein.
  • at least one psychedelic compound and at least one therapeutic compound may be encapsulated in separate droplets of the composition.
  • the separate droplets may have the same size or different sizes.
  • at least one psychedelic compound and at least one therapeutic compound may be in the same phase (e.g., an oil phase) of the emulsion of the composition.
  • at least one psychedelic compound and at least one therapeutic compound may be in different phases of the emulsion of the composition.
  • the at least one psychedelic compound may be in an aqueous phase and the at least one therapeutic compound may be in an oil phase.
  • the composition may include psilocybin or psilocin and an encapsulated cannabinoid.
  • the at least one therapeutic compound may include, but are not limited to, a nucleic acid, a polynucleotide, an amino acid, a polypeptide, a lipid, a carbohydrate, a small molecule (e.g., at least one cannabinoid compound as disclosed herein), an enzyme, a ribosome, a proteasome, an antibody, a variant thereof, or any combination thereof.
  • a therapeutic composition may comprise a plurality of therapeutic doses.
  • the plurality of therapeutic doses may be administered to a subject in need thereof via the same route (e.g., via oral administration).
  • the plurality of therapeutic doses may be administered to the subject in need thereof via different routes (e.g., a first therapeutic dose via oral administration and a second therapeutic dose via nebulization, intravenous administration, or intramuscular administration).
  • the plurality of therapeutic doses may be administered to the subject at the same time.
  • the plurality of therapeutic doses may be administered to the subject at different times.
  • the first therapeutic dose may comprise the encapsulated psychedelic compound as disclosed herein, while the second therapeutic dose may comprise the at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., cannabinoid(s)) as disclosed herein.
  • the first therapeutic dose may be administered to the subject prior to, concurrently with (or substantially at the same time), or subsequent to administration of the second therapeutic dose to the subject.
  • the therapeutic may enhance, maintain, or reduce an affect of the psychedelic compound.
  • the therapeutic reduces or stops an effect of the psychedelic compound.
  • the therapeutic is a cannabinoid and reduces of stops an effect of the psychedelic compound.
  • the therapeutic composition as disclosed herein can comprise a first plurality of microcapsules (FM) comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound and a second plurality of microcapsules (SM) comprising the at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., cannabinoid(s)) in a weight ratio (FM:SM) of at least about 100: 1, at least about 100:2, at least about 100:3, at least about 100:4, at least about 100:5, at least about 100:6, at least about 100:7, at least about 100:8, at least about 100:9, at least about 100: 10, at least about 100:20, at least about 100:30, at least about 100:40, at least about 100:50, at least about 100:60, at least about 100:70, at least about 100:80, at least about 100:90, at least about 100: 100, at least about 90: 100, at least about 80:100, at least about 70: 100, at least about 60: 100, at least about 50: 100, at least about 40:
  • FM:SM microcapsul
  • the weight ratio (FM:SM) can be at most about 100: 1, at most about 100:2, at most about 100:3, at most about 100:4, at most about 100:5, at most about 100:6, at most about 100:7, at most about 100:8, at most about 100:9, at most about 100: 10, at most about 100:20, at most about 100:30, at most about 100:40, at most about 100:50, at most about 100:60, at most about 100:70, at most about 100:80, at most about 100:90, at most about 100: 100, at most about 90: 100, at most about 80: 100, at most about 70:100, at most about 60: 100, at most about 50: 100, at most about 40: 100, at most about 30: 100, at most about 20: 100, at most about 10: 100, at most about 9: 100, at most about 8: 100, at most about 7: 100, at most about 6:100, at most about 5: 100, at most about 4: 100, at most about 3 : 100, at most about 2: 100
  • the therapeutic composition as disclosed herein can comprise a first plurality of microcapsules (FM) comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound and a second plurality of microcapsules (SM) comprising the at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., cannabinoid(s)) in a volume ratio (FM:SM) of at least about 100: 1, at least about 100:2, at least about 100:3, at least about 100:4, at least about 100:5, at least about 100:6, at least about 100:7, at least about 100:8, at least about 100:9, at least about 100: 10, at least about 100:20, at least about 100:30, at least about 100:40, at least about 100:50, at least about 100:60, at least about 100:70, at least about 100:80, at least about 100:90, at least about 100: 100, at least about 90: 100, at least about 80:100, at least about 70: 100, at least about 60: 100, at least about 50: 100, at least about 40:
  • FM:SM volume ratio
  • the volume ratio (FM:SM) can be at most about 100: 1, at most about 100:2, at most about 100:3, at most about 100:4, at most about 100:5, at most about 100:6, at most about 100:7, at most about 100:8, at most about 100:9, at most about 100: 10, at most about 100:20, at most about 100:30, at most about 100:40, at most about 100:50, at most about 100:60, at most about 100:70, at most about 100:80, at most about 100:90, at most about 100: 100, at most about 90: 100, at most about 80: 100, at most about 70:100, at most about 60: 100, at most about 50: 100, at most about 40: 100, at most about 30: 100, at most about 20: 100, at most about 10: 100, at most about 9: 100, at most about 8: 100, at most about 7: 100, at most about 6:100, at most about 5: 100, at most about 4: 100, at most about 3 : 100, at most about 2: 100
  • the therapeutic composition as disclosed herein can comprise the encapsulated psychedelic compound (PC) and the at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., cannabinoid(s)) (TC) in a weight ratio (PC:TC) of at least about 100: 1, at least about 100:2, at least about 100:3, at least about 100:4, at least about 100:5, at least about 100:6, at least about 100:7, at least about 100:8, at least about 100:9, at least about 100: 10, at least about 100:20, at least about 100:30, at least about 100:40, at least about 100:50, at least about 100:60, at least about 100:70, at least about 100:80, at least about 100:90, at least about 100: 100, at least about 90: 100, at least about 80: 100, at least about 70: 100, at least about 60: 100, at least about 50: 100, at least about 40: 100, at least about 30:100, at least about 20: 100, at least about 10: 100, at least about 9:
  • the weight ratio (PC:TC) can be at most about 100: 1, at most about 100:2, at most about 100:3, at most about 100:4, at most about 100:5, at most about 100:6, at most about 100:7, at most about 100:8, at most about 100:9, at most about 100: 10, at most about 100:20, at most about 100:30, at most about 100:40, at most about 100:50, at most about 100:60, at most about 100:70, at most about 100:80, at most about 100:90, at most about 100: 100, at most about 90: 100, at most about 80: 100, at most about 70: 100, at most about 60:100, at most about 50: 100, at most about 40: 100, at most about 30: 100, at most about 20: 100, at most about 10: 100, at most about 9: 100, at most about 8: 100, at most about 7: 100, at most about 6: 100, at most about 5:100, at most about 4: 100, at most about 3: 100, at most about 2: 100,
  • a psychedelic compound may be a natural compound or a modification thereof.
  • a psychedelic compound may be a synthetic compound.
  • a psychedelic compound may comprise one or more of: tryptamine, phenethylamine, lysergamide, a prodrug thereof, or a modification thereof.
  • a psychedelic compound may comprise one or more of: harmala alkaloid, harmaline, diemethyltryptamine (DMT), 5-methoxy-N,N-dimethyltryptamine (5ME0-DMT), psilocybin, psilocin, 2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine (DOI), dimethoxybromoamphetamine (DOB), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-ethylamphetamine (DOE), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine (DOM), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-nitroamphetamine (DON), 2-(4-Iodo-2, 5 -dimeth oxyphenyl)ethan-l - amine (2CI), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-bromophenethylamin (2C-B), trimethoxy amphetamine (TMA), 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenethylamine (Mescaline), 2,5-dime
  • a psychedelic compound may be configured to bind one or more receptors of: dopamine receptor, serotonin receptor, trace amine-associated receptor (TAAR), opioid receptor, and a modifications thereof.
  • Non-limiting examples of the psychedelic compound may include dopamine D2 receptor, dopamine D3 receptor, dopamine D4 receptor, 5-hydroxytryptamine 2 A (5-HT2A) receptor, 5-HT2B receptor, 5-HT2C receptor, 5-HT3 receptor, 5-HT4 receptor, TAAR1, K-opioid receptor, p-opioid receptor, and modifications thereof.
  • the psychedelic compound may be an agonist of any of the receptors disclosed herein.
  • composition comprising an encapsulated psychedelic compound may further comprise at least one terpene compound, as provided in the present disclosure.
  • Droplets i.e., microcapsules
  • the droplet size can be about 0.001, 0.002, 0.003, 0.004, 0.005, 0.006, 0.007, 0.008, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.15, 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.35, 0.4, 0.45, 0.5, 0.55, 0.6, 0.65, 0.7, 0.75, 0.8, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9,
  • the droplet size can be less than or equal to about 0.001, 0.002, 0.003, 0.004, 0.005, 0.006, 0.007, 0.008, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.15, 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.35, 0.4, 0.45, 0.5, 0.55, 0.6, 0.65, 0.7, 0.75, 0.8, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 micrometers.
  • the droplet size can be less than or equal to about 0.001, 0.002, 0.003, 0.004, 0.005, 0.006, 0.007, 0.008, 0.009,
  • the droplet size can be greater than or equal to about 0.001, 0.002, 0.003, 0.004, 0.005, 0.006, 0.007, 0.008, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.15, 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.35, 0.4, 0.45, 0.5, 0.55, 0.6, 0.65, 0.7, 0.75, 0.8, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3,
  • the droplet size can be from about 0.1 to about 0.2 micrometers.
  • the droplet size can be from about 0.05 to about 0.25 micrometers.
  • the droplet size can be from about 0.05 to about 0.55 micrometers.
  • the droplet size can be from about 0.05 to about 1 micrometers.
  • the size distribution in a population of droplets can be homogeneous or substantially homogeneous.
  • a population of droplets can be characterized by dispersity, or poly dispersity index (PDI), of less than or equal to about 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4.9, 4.8, 4.7, 4.6, 4.5, 4.4, 4.3, 4.2, 4.1, 4.0, 3.9, 3.8, 3.7, 3.6, 3.5, 3.4, 3.3, 3.2, 3.1, 3.0, 2.9, 2.8, 2.7, 2.6, 2.5, 2.4, 2.3, 2.2, 2.1, 2.0, 1.9, 1.8, 1.7, 1.6, 1.5, 1.45, 1.40, 1.35, 1.30, 1.25, 1.20, 1.15, 1.14, 1.13, 1.12, 1.11, 1.10, 1.09, 1.08, 1.07, 1.06, 1.05, 1.04, 1.03, 1.02, 1.01, or 1.00.
  • PDI poly dispersity index
  • Psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition (e.g., a unit dose, a food product, a beverage product) in a quantity of at least about 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • a composition e.g., a unit dose, a food product, a beverage product
  • Psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition (e.g., a unit dose, a food product, a beverage product) in a quantity of at most about 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
  • a composition e.g., a unit dose, a food product, a beverage product
  • composition comprising an encapsulated psychedelic compound may be used to treat or decrease symptoms of a number of classes of disorders as provided in the present disclosure, such as, but not limited to, pain, anti-inflammatory disorders, psychiatric disorders, and sleep disorders.
  • Terpenoid degradation compounds may have little benefit, no effect, or harmful effects on a subj ect.
  • the disorders as disclosed herein may comprise one or more psychological disorders comprising depression, psychotic disorder, schizophrenia, schizophreniform disorder (acute schizophrenic episode); schizoaffective disorder; bipolar I disorder (mania, manic disorder, manic-depressive psychosis); bipolar II disorder; major depressive disorder with psychotic feature (psychotic depression); delusional disorders (paranoia); Shared Psychotic Disorder (Shared paranoia disorder); Brief Psychotic disorder (Other and Unspecified Reactive Psychosis); Psychotic disorder not otherwise specified (Unspecified Psychosis); paranoid personality disorder; schizoid personality disorder; schizotypal personality disorder, anxiety disorder, panic disorder, panic attacks, agoraphobia, attention deficit syndrome, premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD), and/or premenstrual syndrome (PMS).
  • depression depression
  • psychotic disorder schizophrenia
  • schizophreniform disorder acute schizophrenic episode
  • bipolar I disorder mania, manic disorder, manic-depressive psychos
  • compositions comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may be administered to a subject in need thereof prior to, concurrently with, and/or subsequent to administration of at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., at least one cannabinoid compound) to the subject.
  • at least one psychedelic compound psilocin
  • the at least one therapeutic compound (which may be administered prior to, concurrently with, and/or subsequent to the at least one psychedelic compound) may bind to the same psychedelic experience-inducing receptors (e.g., 5-HT2A and/or 5-HT3 receptors) as the at least one psychedelic compound, thereby effecting (i) a reduction or inhibition of binding of the at least one psychedelic compound to such psychedelic experience-inducing receptors (i.e., serving as antagonists), (ii) a reduction or inhibition of psychedelic experience by the subject, and (iii) increased binding of the at least one psychedelic compound to other non-psychedelic experience-inducing receptors (e.g., 5-HT1, 5-HT5, 5-HT6, 5-HT7 receptors) to induce one or more therapeutic effects (e.g., anti-depression) as provided in the present disclosure.
  • psychedelic experience-inducing receptors e.g., 5-HT2A and/or 5-HT3
  • a composition described herein can be formulated in as matrix pellets in which particles of the subject composition are embedded in a matrix of water-insoluble plastic and which are enclosed by a membrane of water-insoluble plastic containing embedded particles of lactose, produces and maintains plasma levels of the subject composition within the targeted therapeutic range.
  • a composition can be formulated as a sustained or controlled release capsule or tablet.
  • a sustained or controlled release tablet may be formed by coating core granules composed mainly of the subject composition with a layer of a coating film composed of a hydrophobic material and a plastic excipient and, in some cases, containing an enteric polymer material, to form coated granules and then by compressing the coated granules together with a disintegrating excipient.
  • Such sustained or controlled release capsule or tablet may release the composition in a substantially sustained or controlled manner over a given period of time, such as a substantially constant rate of release over a period of at least 0.1 hour, 0.5 hours, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, or more.
  • Such sustained or controlled release capsule or tablet may permit at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or greater of the composition to be released over a period of at least 0.1 hour, 0.5 hours, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, or more.
  • the one or more cofactors can be released in its dosage form at a slower rate than observed for an immediate release formulation of the same quantity of components.
  • the rate of change in the biological sample may be measured as the change in concentration over a defined time period from administration to maximum concentration for an controlled release formulation is less than about 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, or 10% of the rate of the immediate release formulation.
  • the rate of change in concentration over time may be less than about 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, or 10% of the rate for the immediate release formulation.
  • the rate of change of concentration over time may be reduced by increasing the time to maximum concentration in a relatively proportional manner.
  • a two-fold increase in the time to maximum concentration can reduce the rate of change in concentration by approximately a factor of 2.
  • the one or more cofactors can be provided so that it reaches its maximum concentration at a rate that is significantly reduced over an immediate release dosage form.
  • the compositions of the present disclosure can be formulated to provide a shift in maximum concentration by 24 hours, 16 hours, 8 hours, 4 hours, 2 hours, or at least 1 hour.
  • the associated reduction in rate of change in concentration can be by a factor of about 0.05, 0.10, 0.25, 0.5 or at least 0.8. This may be accomplished by releasing less than about 30 %, 50 %, 75 %, 90 %, or 95 % of the one or more cofactors into the circulation within one hour of such administration.
  • the controlled release formulations may exhibit plasma concentration curves having initial (e.g., from 2 hours after administration to 4 hours after administration) slopes less than 75 %, 50 %, 40 %, 30 %, 20 % or 10 % of those for an immediate release formulation of the same dosage of the same cofactor.
  • the rate of release of the cofactor as measured in dissolution studies may be less than about 80 %, 70 %, 60 %, 50 %, 40 %, 30 %, 20 %, or 10 % of the rate for an immediate release formulation of the same cofactor over the first 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, or 12 hours.
  • the controlled release formulations provided herein can adopt a variety of formats.
  • the formulation may be in an oral dosage form, including liquid dosage forms (e.g., a suspension or slurry), and oral solid dosage forms (e.g., a tablet or bulk powder), such as, but not limited to those, those described herein.
  • Tablets or pills can also be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action.
  • the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
  • the two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
  • enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
  • a formulation comprising a plurality of cofactors can have different cofactors released at different rates or at different times. For example, there can be additional layers of cofactors interspersed with enteric layers.
  • compositions can be formulated in a food composition.
  • the compositions can be a beverage or other liquids, solid food, semi-solid food, with or without a food carrier.
  • the compositions can include a black tea supplemented with any of the compositions described herein.
  • the composition can be a dairy product supplemented any of the compositions described herein.
  • the compositions can be formulated in a food composition.
  • the compositions can comprise a beverage, solid food, semi-solid food, or a food carrier.
  • Liquid food carriers such as in the form of beverages, such as supplemented juices, coffees, teas, sodas, and flavored waters can be used.
  • the beverage can comprise the formulation as well as a liquid component, such as various deodorant or natural carbohydrates present in conventional beverages.
  • natural carbohydrates include, but are not limited to, monosaccharides such as, glucose and fructose; disaccharides such as maltose and sucrose; conventional sugars, such as dextrin and cyclodextrin; and sugar alcohols, such as xylitol and erythritol.
  • Natural deodorant such as taumatin, stevia extract, levaudioside A, glycyrrhizin, and synthetic deodorant such as saccharin and aspartame can also be used.
  • Agents such as flavoring agents, coloring agents, and others can also be used.
  • pectic acid and the salt thereof, alginic acid and the salt thereof, organic acid, protective colloidal adhesive, pH controlling agent, stabilizer, a preservative, glycerin, alcohol, or carbonizing agents can also be used.
  • Fruit and vegetables can also be used in preparing foods or beverages comprising the formulations discussed herein.
  • the compositions can be a snack bar supplemented with any of the compositions described herein.
  • the snack bar can be a chocolate bar, a granola bar, or a trail mix bar.
  • the present dietary supplement or food compositions are formulated to have suitable and desirable taste, texture, and viscosity for consumption. Any suitable food carrier can be used in the present food compositions.
  • Food carriers of the present disclosure include practically any food product.
  • Such food carriers include, but are not limited to food bars (granola bars, protein bars, candy bars, etc.), cereal products (oatmeal, breakfast cereals, granola, etc.), bakery products (bread, donuts, crackers, bagels, pastries, cakes, etc.), beverages (milk-based beverage, sports drinks, fruit juices, alcoholic beverages, bottled waters), pastas, grains (rice, corn, oats, rye, wheat, flour, etc.), egg products, snacks (candy, chips, gum, chocolate, etc.), meats, fruits, and vegetables.
  • food carriers employed herein can mask the undesirable taste (e.g., bitterness).
  • liquid food carriers can be used according to the present disclosure to obtain the present food compositions in the form of beverages, such as supplemented juices, coffees, teas.
  • Solid food carriers can be used according to the present disclosure to obtain the present food compositions in the form of meal replacements, such as supplemented snack bars, pasta, breads.
  • semi-solid food carriers can be used according to the present disclosure to obtain the present food compositions in the form of gums, or chewy candies or snacks.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of converting a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid. Such conversion can include removing a carboxylic acid group from the carboxylated cannabinoid.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of supplementing a cannabinoid compound and a terpenoid to subject in need thereof, comprising administering a unit dose of a composition described herein.
  • the method of converting a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid may be a chemical reaction.
  • the chemical reaction conditions may comprise a catalyst, such as an acid, to facilitate conversion of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid.
  • An acid used may be a weak acid.
  • the acid may have a pKa that is at most about 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, -1, -2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -7, -8, -9, -10, or less.
  • the acid may have a pKa that is at least about -10, -9, -8, -7, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or more.
  • the acid may have a pKa that is from about -10 to about 10, from about -7 to about 7, from about -3 to about 7, from about -1 to about 7, from about 3 to about 7, or from about 4 to about 6, or from about 5 to 7.
  • the acid has a pKa of at most about 20, 15, 10, or 5.
  • the acid has a pKa of at least about -10, -5, 0, 5, or more.
  • the acid may be a weak acid.
  • the acid may be a strong acid.
  • the acid may be an organic acid.
  • the acid may comprise a carboxylic acid moiety.
  • the acid may have a molecular weight of less than about 500 daltons, 400 daltons, 300 daltons, 200 daltons, 100 daltons, 90 daltons, 80 daltons, 70 daltons, 60 daltons, 50 daltons, 40 daltons, or less.
  • the amount of acid used to convert a carboxylated cannabinoid e.g. tetrahydrocannabinolic acid
  • a decarboxylated cannabinoid e.g. A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol
  • the acid is catalytic (i.e., catalyzes the conversion of the carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid).
  • the amount of acid may be at least about 0.01 grams (g), 0.1 g, 0.5 g, 1 g, 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more.
  • the acid that may be used to convert a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid may include one or more members selected from the group consisting of: lactic acid, citric acid, malic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, butyric acid, ascorbic acid, lactic acid, tartric acid, tannic acid, and oxalic acid.
  • An acid may be an edible acid. The acid may be naturally occurring, and may be isolated from a natural source or may be produced synthetically.
  • the acid may be diluted (e.g., with water) to provide an acidic solution having a pKa that may be suitable for conversion of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid.
  • the conversion may be performed in a laboratory, a production facility, in a home, or in a doctor’s office, and may be performed by a technician, a doctor, or by a buyer or user of a kit described herein.
  • Conversion of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid may be under temperature conditions of at most 500 °C, 400 °C, 300 °C, 200 °C, 100 °C, 75 °C, 50 °C, 40 °C, or 30 °C.
  • the conversion may not require an external heat source or additional heating to perform the reaction of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid.
  • Carboxylated cannabinoid may be converted to decarboxylated by contacting a carboxylated cannabinoid with an acid. This may be performed by blending, mixing, stirring, or any combination thereof. The conversion may take place in a reaction vessel, such as, for example, a bowl, a round bottom flask, a reactor, a batch reactor, a plug flow reactor, catalytic reactor, a semi-batch reactor, or a household container.
  • the reaction vessel may be configured to hold a reaction mixture.
  • the reaction mixture may comprise an acid and part of a cannabis plant.
  • the part of a cannabis plant may contain tetrahydrocannabinolic acid.
  • a reaction vessel may hold at least about 1 grams (g) of starting material, 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more of starting material.
  • the starting material may be part of a cannabis plant.
  • the cannabis plant may contain carboxylated cannabinoids.
  • the part of a cannabis plant may contain at least about 1 g, 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g or more of tetrahydrocannabinolic acid.
  • a reaction vessel may hold at least about 1 milliliter (mL) of volume, 2 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 20 mL, 30 mL, 40 mL, 50 mL, 60 mL, 70 mL, 80 mL, 90 mL, 100 mL, 1 liter (L), 2 L, 5 L, 10 L, 50 L, 100 L, 1000 L, or more.
  • mL milliliter
  • a reaction vessel may be configured to provide production of at least about 1 grams (g) of a decarboxylated cannabinoid compound, 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more of a decarboxylated cannabinoid compound.
  • a reaction mixture may undergo separation after the reaction is completed or near completion. Separation of the desired decarboxylated cannabinoids from the remainder of the reaction mixture, such as solvent, catalyst, plant material, or unconverted starting material, may include filtration, extraction, centrifugation, solubilization, concentration, washing, electrolysis, adsorption, purification, chromatography, fractionation, crystallization, or a combination thereof.
  • the desired decarboxylated cannabinoid e.g. A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol
  • a trace amount of acid may be present in the reaction mixture after the reaction of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid.
  • a trace amount of acid may be present after isolation of the desired compound from the reaction mixture.
  • the separated or isolated decarboxylated cannabinoid may be the desired final product that may be used in manufacturing processes for delivery to a user.
  • the isolated decarboxylated cannabinoid may comprise a trace amount of acid.
  • a trace amount of acid may be less than about 10,000 parts per millions (ppm), 1000 ppm, 100 ppm, 10 ppm, or 1 ppm.
  • a composition as disclosed herein may be administered (e.g., via one or more unit doses) to a subject (e.g., a subject having or is suspected of having a condition of disease as disease of interest), and the administering may effect one or more members comprising (i) reduced degree (e.g., as measured by a scoring system or by one or more biomarkers from the subject, such as a target molecule, protein, etc.) of a disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control, or (ii) reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease or condition as compared to a control.
  • a subject e.g., a subject having or is suspected of having a condition of disease as disease of interest
  • the administering may effect one or more members comprising (i) reduced degree (e.g., as measured by a scoring system or by one or more biomarkers from the subject, such as a target molecule, protein, etc.) of a disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control, or (ii
  • a composition comprising an encapsulated psychedelic compound may be administered to a subject, and the control may be (1) one or more states or conditions of the subject prior to the administering, (2) a different subject having or is suspected of having the same disease or condition, who has not been administered with the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound, (3) a different subject having or is suspected of having the same disease or condition, who has been administered with the psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form, or (4) a healthy subject.
  • a composition comprising an encapsulated psychedelic compound and at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., cannabinoid, terpenes, etc.) may be administered to a subject, and the control may be (1) a different subject administered with the encapsulated psychedelic compound in absence of the at least one therapeutic compound or (2) a different subject administered with the at least one therapeutic compound in absence of the encapsulated psychedelic compound.
  • at least one therapeutic compound e.g., cannabinoid, terpenes, etc.
  • Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may reduce the degree of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more, as compared to the control.
  • Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may reduce a score for ascertaining the degree of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35,40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or more, as compared to the control.
  • Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may reduce a score for ascertaining the degree of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more, as compared to the control.
  • Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may reduce a degree of a positive biomarker (e.g., a biomarker whose level is increased due to the condition or disease) by at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more, as compared to the control.
  • a positive biomarker e.g., a biomarker whose level is increased due to the condition or disease
  • Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may increase a degree of a negative biomarker (e.g., a biomarker whose level is decreased due to the condition or disease) by at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 100%, 150%, 200%, 250%, 300%, 350%, 400%, 450%, 500%, 1000%, or more, as compared to the control.
  • a negative biomarker e.g., a biomarker whose level is decreased due to the condition or disease
  • Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may reduce a degree one or more symptoms of the disease or condition by at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more, as compared to the control.
  • the disease or condition may be post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD).
  • PTSD post-traumatic stress disorder
  • An indication or degree of PTSD may be measured by a PTSD checklist (PCL; a score ranging between 17 and 85) (e.g., PCL-M for military subjects, PCL-C for civilian subjects, PCL-S for subjects with specific stressful experience(s)).
  • PCL-M for military subjects
  • PCL-C for civilian subjects
  • PCL-S for subjects with specific stressful experience(s)
  • One or more symptoms of PTSD may include, but are not limited to, intrusive memories (e.g., recurrent, unwanted distressing memories), avoidance (e.g., avoiding places, activities, or people), mood (e.g., negative mood), etc.
  • Non-limiting examples of a biomarker for PTSD may include Allopregnanolone (e.g., decreased with PTSD), Dehydroepiandrosterone (e.g., increased with PTSD), Dehydroepiandrosterone (e.g., increased with PTSD), NPY hormones (e.g., decreased with PTSD), Endocannabinoids (e.g., decreased in PTSD), etc.
  • Allopregnanolone e.g., decreased with PTSD
  • Dehydroepiandrosterone e.g., increased with PTSD
  • Dehydroepiandrosterone e.g., increased with PTSD
  • NPY hormones e.g., decreased with PTSD
  • Endocannabinoids e.g., decreased in PTSD
  • the disease or condition may be insomnia.
  • An indication or degree of insomnia may be measured by an insomnia severity index (ISI; a score ranging between 0 and 28). Examples of symptoms of insomnia may include, but are not limited to, difficulty falling asleep, waking up during the night, waking up too early, fatigue, irritability, depression, anxiety, attention deficit, etc.
  • Non-limiting examples of a biomarker may include Brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF, such as serum BDNF) (e.g., decreased with insomnia).
  • BDNF Brain-derived neurotrophic factor
  • the disease or condition may be an addiction (e.g., alcohol, smoking, drug, etc.).
  • An indication or degree of the addiction may be measured by an addiction severity index (ASI; a score ranging between 0 and 9).
  • the disease or condition may be alcohol addiction.
  • An indication or degree of the alcohol addiction may be measured by Alcohol Use Disorders Identification Test (AUDIT; a score ranging between 0 and 40).
  • AUDIT Alcohol Use Disorders Identification Test
  • symptoms of alcohol addiction may include, but are not limited to, excessive drinking (e.g., consumption of alcohol above a threshold value, such as greater than or equal to 8 units per week, 9 units per week, 10 units per week, 11 units per week, 12 units per week, 13 units per week, 14 units per week, 15 units per week, 16 units per week, 17 units per week, 18 units per week, 19 units per week, 20 units per week, or more), mood (e.g., negative mood), etc.
  • a threshold value such as greater than or equal to 8 units per week, 9 units per week, 10 units per week, 11 units per week, 12 units per week, 13 units per week, 14 units per week, 15 units per week, 16 units per week, 17 units per week, 18 units per week, 19 units per week, 20 units per week, or more
  • Non-limiting examples of biomarkers increased due to alcohol addiction may include Gamma-glutamyltransferase (GGT), Alanine aminotransferase (ALT), Aspartate aminotransferase (AST), Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT), N-acetyl-P-hexosaminidase, Whole blood-associated acetaldehyde (WBAA), Mean corpuscular volume (MCV), Apolipoprotein J, 5-hydroxytryptophol (5-HTOL), Salsolinol, Fatty acid ethyl esters (FAEE), Ethyl glucuronide (EtG), etc.
  • GTT Gamma-glutamyltransferase
  • ALT Alanine aminotransferase
  • AST Aspartate aminotransferase
  • CDT Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin
  • N-acetyl-P-hexosaminidase N-acetyl-P-hexos
  • the disease or condition may be a nicotine addiction (e.g., smoking addictino).
  • An indication or degree of the nicotine addiction may be measured by Fagerstrom Test For Nicotine Dependence (FTND; a score ranging between 0 and 10).
  • FTND Fagerstrom Test For Nicotine Dependence
  • Examples of symptoms of nicotine addiction may include, but are not limited to, excessive smoking, withdrawal signs (e.g., anxiety, irritability, restlessness, negative mood, frustration, anger, insomnia, etc.), progression of a disease (e.g., cancer, tumor), etc.
  • Non-limiting examples of biomarkers increased due to nicotine addiction may include blood nicotine level.
  • Terpenoids may have a beneficial effect on a subject.
  • Terpenoids may be formulated into a composition described herein and given to a subject as a nutritional supplement or a dietary supplement.
  • a composition may provide nutrients or compounds that may otherwise not be consumed in sufficient quantities in a normal diet.
  • a composition may contain compounds that may be beneficial to the health, physical wellbeing, and emotional wellbeing of a subject. For example, a composition may be used as a boost of energy.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat or decrease the symptoms of nausea or vomiting.
  • a subject who is administered a unit dose of a composition may observe a decrease in symptoms related to nausea or vomiting.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat an eating disorder, such as anorexia, cachexia, bulimia nervosa, rumination disorder, avoidant or restrictive food intake disorder.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used as a sleep aid or to help with symptoms of insomnia.
  • a composition may help a subject relax, fall asleep faster, improve sleep quantity, or improve sleep quality.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to mediate, limit, and reverse the effects of oxidative damage or oxidative stress.
  • the imbalance of reactive oxygen species within a subject may be corrected or mediated with administration of a composition described herein.
  • Oxidative stress may occur prior to, during, and/or after surgery.
  • the oxidative stress may be due to anesthesia used during the surgery, the surgical trauma, the psychological stress associated with surgery, or a combination thereof.
  • a composition may be administered to a subject prior to, during, or after surgery.
  • a composition may be administered to relieve traumatic shock that may be caused by surgery or injury.
  • Oxidative stress may be caused by a physical stress factor or an emotional stress factor.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD).
  • PTSD post-traumatic stress disorder
  • Some symptoms of PTSD that may be relieved by a composition include: flashbacks, bad dreams, frightening thoughts, avoidance of certain thoughts or feelings, being easily startled, feeling tense, having difficulty sleeping, cognition or mood symptoms such as trouble remember features of the traumatic event, distorted feelings such as guilt or blame, and loss of interest in enjoyable activities.
  • a composition may be administered to prevent or limit the severity of developing post-traumatic stress disorder.
  • the composition may be administered after physical or emotional stress, such as, for example, after a physical sport, a contact sport, a physical combat, a physical confrontation, a military drill or exercise, and military combat.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat, alleviate, or cease the symptoms of addiction, addicted behavior, physical dependence, or psychological dependence.
  • Addiction may be characterized by compulsive engagement in stimuli.
  • Addiction may be rated based on a severity index, such as the addiction severity index (ASI).
  • ASI severity ratings may be based on a 10 point scale, from 0-9.
  • a rating of 0 - 1 may be classified as no real problem, treatment not indicated.
  • a rating of 2 - 3 may be classified as a light problem, treatment may not be indicated.
  • a rating of 4 - 5 may be classified as a moderate problem, and some treatment may be indicated.
  • a rating of 6 - 7 may be considerable a problem, and treatment may be necessary.
  • a rating of 8 - 9 may be considered an extreme problem, and treatment may be absolutely necessary.
  • Examples of drug and behavioral addictions include, but are not limited to, alcoholism, cocaine addiction, smoking addiction, nicotine addiction, opiate addiction, food addiction, amphetamine addiction, and gambling addiction.
  • a composition described herein may be used to alleviate alcohol use disorder (AUD).
  • a composition described herein may be used to alleviate smoking addiction.
  • a composition may be used as part of a smoking cessation program, where a subject is administered tobacco infused with cannabinoids.
  • a composition may also be administered via water soluble methods, to allow for membrane absorption for natural and gradual decrease in addiction.
  • a composition described herein may contribute to anti-anxiety effects.
  • a composition administered in water soluble form may provide rapid anti-anxiety effects to curb addition via mucosal membrane absorption.
  • a cannabinoid composition may be part of program to decrease tobacco usage over time.
  • a cannabinoid compound may have multiple bell curves of efficacy.
  • the bell curves of efficacy may change or modulate on a daily basis depending on a number of factors of the subject, including oxidative stress.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be administered to a subject during and/or after treatment.
  • a subject may observe a decrease symptoms or a decrease in severity rating according to a severity index scale (e.g. the ASI severity index).
  • a composition may be used to treat cancer or a tumor.
  • Cancers that are liquid tumors can be those that occur, for example, in blood, bone marrow, and lymph nodes, and can include, for example, leukemia, myeloid leukemia, lymphocytic leukemia, lymphoma, Hodgkin’s lymphoma, melanoma, and multiple myeloma.
  • Leukemias include, for example, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid leukemia (AML), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), and hairy cell leukemia.
  • Cancers that are solid tumors include, for example, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, breast cancer, brain cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, thyroid cancer, stomach cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, Kaposi’s sarcoma, skin cancer, squamous cell skin cancer, renal cancer, head and neck cancers, throat cancer, squamous carcinomas that form on the moist mucosal linings of the nose, mouth, throat, bladder cancer, osteosarcoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, liver cancer, and kidney cancer.
  • a composition described herein may be used to treat cervical cancer.
  • a composition described herein may be used to treat prostate cancer.
  • a subject may be evaluated based on a level of prostate-specific antigen, or PSA, a protein produced by prostate gland cells. Elevated blood levels of PSA may be associated with subjects with prostate cancer.
  • a composition may be administered to a subject that has been diagnosed with prostate cancer. In some cases, a composition may be administered to a subject with a PSA greater than about 1 nanograms per milliliter (ng/mL), 2 ng/mL, 3 ng/mL, 4 ng/mL, 5 ng/mL, or 6 ng/mL, or higher. Administration with a composition may have a dosing holiday after a subject’s level of PSA is below a certain threshold.
  • a dosing holiday may begin after PSA drops below about 20 nanograms per milliliter (ng/mL), 10 ng/mL, 5 ng/mL, 4 ng/mL, 3 ng/mL, 2 ng/mL, or 1 ng/mL.
  • a dosing holiday of a composition may be substituted with another compound or composition.
  • an amount of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) may be administered during a dosing holiday of a composition described herein.
  • the amount of THC administered may be at most about 50 mg/kg, 40 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg, 20 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, 2 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, or less.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat an eating disorder or a weight disorder, such as, for example, anorexia and cachexia.
  • Subjects may observe an increase in appetite after at least a unit dose of a composition of the present disclosure.
  • a 9 tetrahydrocannabinol in a composition may result in an appetite enhancing effect with a unit dose of at least 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, or 20 mg.
  • An increase in appetite may continue for an extended period of time, such as at least 1 day, 2 days, 5 days, 7 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, or 12 months after the last unit dose of a composition is taken.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat a muscle related disorder or a movement disorder, such as, for example, spasticity, tremor, ataxia, bladder control, Tourette's syndrome, dystonia, Parkinson’s disease, Huntington disease, and tardive dyskinesia.
  • Spasticity may have been caused by pain, bone or join deformities, or accidents or injury to the spinal cord.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat pain.
  • the pain may be an acute pain.
  • the pain may be chronic pain.
  • the pain may be associated with a disease.
  • Pain in a subject may be neuropathic pain, menstrual pain, chronic headaches, or back pain. Pain may be due to a disease or a disorder, or may be caused by injury. Pain may be caused by a disease such as cancer, chronic bowel inflammation, neuralgias, damaged nerves, diabetes, multiple sclerosis, an infection, or old age.
  • Pain can be nociceptive pain (i.e., pain caused by tissue damage), neuropathic pain or psychogenic pain.
  • the pain may be caused by or associated with a disease (e.g., cancer, arthritis, diabetes).
  • the pain is caused by injury (e.g., sports injury, trauma).
  • Non-limiting examples of pain that may be amenable to treatment with the compositions and methods herein include: neuropathic pain including peripheral neuropathy, diabetic neuropathy, post herpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, back pain, neuropathy associated with cancer, neuropathy associated with HIV/AIDS, phantom limb pain, carpal tunnel syndrome, central post-stroke pain, pain associated with chronic alcoholism, hypothyroidism, uremia, pain associated with multiple sclerosis, pain associated with spinal cord injury, pain associated with Parkinson’s disease, epilepsy, osteoarthritic pain, rheumatoid arthritic pain, visceral pain, and pain associated with vitamin deficiency; and nociceptive pain including pain associated with central nervous system trauma, strains/sprains, and burns; myocardial infarction, acute pancreatitis, post-operative pain, posttraumatic pain, renal colic, pain associated with cancer, pain associated with fibromyalgia, pain associated with carpal tunnel syndrome, and back
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat or reduce an effect of a nervous system disease or disorder.
  • a nervous system disease/disorder may include, but are not limited to, spinal cord damage, stroke, cerebral infarction, and cerebral ischemia. Additional examples of a nervous system disease/disorder may include multiple sclerosis neuropsychiatric diseases, neurological diseases, psychosis, dementia, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's chorea, dyskinesia, hyperactivity, mania, attention deficit disorder, anxiety, dyslexia, schizophrenia, Tourette syndrome, behavioral disorders, cognitive disorders, etc.
  • compositions and methods described herein may be utilized to ameliorate a level of pain in a subject.
  • a level of pain in a subject may be ameliorated by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99% or 100%.
  • a level of pain in a subject can be assessed by a variety of methods.
  • a level of pain may be assessed by self-reporting (i.e., a human subject expresses a verbal report of the level of pain he/she is experiencing).
  • a level of pain may be assessed by behavioral indicators of pain, for example, facial expressions, limb movements, vocalization, restlessness and guarding. These types of assessments may be useful for example when a subject is unable to self-report (e.g., an infant, an unconscious subject, a non-human subject).
  • a level of pain may be assessed after treatment with a composition of the present disclosure as compared to the level of pain the subject was experiencing prior to treatment with the composition.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to reduce intraocular pressure or fluid pressure in the eye, and may be used to treat a number of diseases associated with abnormal intraocular pressure, including, but not limited to, glaucoma, ulceris, retinal detachment.
  • a composition may decrease intraocular pressure by 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, or more.
  • the methods and compositions of the present disclosure may be utilized to treat epilepsy.
  • Compositions described herein may be used to prevent or control epileptic seizures. Epileptic seizures may be classified as tonic-clonic, tonic, clonic, myoclonic, absence or atonic seizures.
  • compositions and methods herein may prevent or reduce the number of epileptic seizures experienced by a subject by at least about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 99% or higher.
  • compositions of the present disclosure may be utilized to relieve the symptoms of an inflammatory disease of the airways of the lungs, or asthma.
  • the compositions may reduce the severity of asthma symptoms, or change the severity classification, such as from severe persistent, to moderate persistent, to mild persistent, to intermittent.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to relieve symptoms associated with withdrawal in dependency on alcohol and drugs, such as benzodiazepines and opiates.
  • the composition may relieve withdrawal symptoms such as sleep disturbance, irritability, increased tension, anxiety, panic attacks, tremors, sweating, difficulty concentrating, confusion, memory loss, weight loss or weight gain, headaches, or muscular pains.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat psychiatric disorders, including, but not limited to, sleep disorder, anxiety disorders, panic disorders, obsessive- compulsive disorder, bipolar disorder, depression, mood disorders, personality disorders, psychotic disorders, such as schizophrenia or delusional disorder.
  • a composition may be used to treat a bipolar episode, wherein a symptom may include an unusual shift in mood, energy, activity level, and the inability to carry out day-to-day tasks.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat autoimmune diseases or inflammation, such as, but not limited to, arthritis, lupus, vitiligo, anemia, psoriasis, scleroderma, inflammatory bowel diseases, and type 1 diabetes.
  • autoimmune diseases or inflammation such as, but not limited to, arthritis, lupus, vitiligo, anemia, psoriasis, scleroderma, inflammatory bowel diseases, and type 1 diabetes.
  • a composition may be used to treat pruritus, ADS (attention deficit syndrome), high blood pressure, tinnitus, chronic fatigue syndrome, and restless leg syndrome.
  • ADS attention deficit syndrome
  • a composition may be used to treat or relieve the symptoms of the hiccups or synchronous diaphragmatic flutter (SDF). Hiccups may be classified as acute, chronic, persistent, or intractable. In some cases, a compound or composition may be used to treat or alleviate the symptoms of chronic hiccups.
  • SDF synchronous diaphragmatic flutter
  • a composition may be used to treat or alleviate the symptoms of menopause or premenopause.
  • a composition may decrease the frequency and/or intensity of symptoms that include, for example, hot flashes, night sweats, pain during intercourse, increased anxiety or irritability, and the need to urinate more often.
  • a composition may be used to treat or sterilize wounds.
  • a composition may be used in conjunction with citric acid, or may be formulated into one composition for use in sterilizing open wounds.
  • a composition described herein may be used with poison or venom treatment.
  • the composition may be administered before, during, or after administration of a poison antidote or an antivenom.
  • the composition may be administered after exposure to a toxin or poison and may be in the absence of an antidote.
  • Administration for use with a poison antidote may be via injection, sublingual, oral, via nasal spray, or a transdermal patch.
  • the composition disclosed herein may help protect the tissue, nervous system, and/or assist with regulating overall homeostasis in the subject.
  • the composition disclosed herein may help decrease oxidative stress, tissue damage, organ damage, or neural trauma.
  • the composition may also enhance cellular protection, health, and overall homeostatic balance.
  • a composition described herein may be used for treatment of shingles, chicken pox, measles, human papillomavirus (HPV), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), emphysema, ilitigo, impetigo, pneumonia, listeria, Ebola, Addison’s disease, Graves’ disease, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto’s disease, autism, myasthenia gravis, Pernicious Anemia, or Celiac disease.
  • HPV human papillomavirus
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • emphysema ilitigo
  • impetigo pneumonia
  • listeria listeria
  • Ebola Addison’s disease
  • Graves’ disease Sjogren's syndrome
  • Hashimoto Hashimoto
  • autism myasthenia gravis
  • Pernicious Anemia or Celiac disease.
  • a composition may be used to treat an autoimmune disease.
  • a composition may be used to treat Achalasia, Addison’s disease, Adult Still's disease, Agammaglobulinemia, Alopecia areata, Amyloidosis, Ankylosing spondylitis, Anti-GBM/Anti- TBM nephritis, Antiphospholipid syndrome, Autoimmune angioedema, Autoimmune dysautonomia, Autoimmune encephalomyelitis, Autoimmune hepatitis, Autoimmune inner ear disease (AIED), Autoimmune myocarditis, Autoimmune oophoritis, Autoimmune orchitis, Autoimmune pancreatitis, Autoimmune retinopathy, Autoimmune urticaria, Axonal & neuronal neuropathy (AMAN), Balo disease, Behcet’s disease, Benign mucosal pemphigoid, Bull
  • a composition comprising cannabinoids may be formulated in water soluble form. Administration of the composition in a water soluble form may allow for rapid membrane absorption.
  • the composition may be added to a water supply, e.g., drinking water, for protection after a chemical agent or toxicity event or exposure.
  • a composition may be used to enhance neurogenesis, or the growth and development of nervous tissue in a subject.
  • a composition may also enhance the overall performance of the nervous system, including the parasympathetic nervous system, the sympathetic nervous system, and enteric nervous system.
  • a composition may be used as a supplement to protect a telomere, a region of the end of a chromosome in a subject. Protection of a telomere may protect the chromosome from deterioration.
  • a composition described herein may be used as a targeted endocannabinoid system (ECB) therapeutic. Two primary endocannabinoid receptors of the endocannabinoid system are CB1 and CB2.
  • a composition of the current disclosure may be used in combination with epigenetics, or the study of heritable changes in gene function that may not involve changes in the DNA sequence, or functionally relevant changes to the genome that may not involve a change in the nucleotide sequence (e.g. DNA methylation, histone modification).
  • epigenetic mechanisms may include factors and processes such as development (e.g. in utero, childhood), environmental factors (e.g. environmental chemicals), drugs, pharmaceuticals, aging, and diet.
  • a composition may be administered or suggested based on epigenetic testing.
  • a composition described herein can modulate risk factors or improve disease conditions.
  • terpenes, such as those described herein may be used to direct cannabinoids to specific CB receptor sites.
  • Compounds disclosed herein may be used to prevent to mitigate risks or harm during or after epigenetic indication and may contribute to changing the expression.
  • a composition could be used to treat the thyroid if a thyroid risk factor was apparent, then the same composition could be used to target a different region of the body using different terpenes if a new epigenetic expression appeared.
  • a composition may have rapid absorption in the body. If a composition has rapid absorption, the same formula may be given sequentially and may change the effects of the cannabinoids.
  • composition may be administered or suggested based on genetic testing.
  • a composition may be administered based on standard testing for targeted treatment protocols, wherein cannabinoids and terpenes in the composition may prevent and/or treat risk factors or disease states.
  • a subject may exhibit one or more symptoms.
  • a symptom may be selected from pain, stress, nausea, vomiting, sleeplessness, anxiety, and appetite loss.
  • a unit dose may be used to alleviate a symptom in a subject, and in some cases, by at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99%.
  • a composition may result in a decrease of the severity or quantity of symptoms by at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99%.
  • a unit dose can be administered at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more times a daily.
  • a subject can receive dosing for a period of about, less than about, or greater than about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or more days, weeks or months.
  • a unit dose can be a fraction of the daily dose, such as the daily dose divided by the number of unit doses to be administered per day.
  • a unit dose can be a fraction of the daily dose that is the daily dose divided by the number of unit doses to be administered per day and further divided by the number of unit doses (e.g. tablets) per administration.
  • the number of unit doses per administration can be at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more.
  • the number of doses per day can at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more.
  • the number of unit doses per day can be determined by dividing the daily dose by the unit dose, and can at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 6, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more unit doses per day.
  • a unit dose can be about 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/7, 1/8, 1/9, or 1/10 of the recommended daily dose.
  • a unit dose can be about one-third of the daily amount and administered to the subject three times daily.
  • a unit dose can be about one-half of the daily amount and administered to the subject twice daily.
  • a unit dose can be about one-fourth of the daily amount with two unit doses administered to the subject twice daily.
  • the length of the period of administration and/or the dosing amounts can be determined by a physician or any other type of clinician.
  • the physician or clinician can observe the subject’s response to the administered compositions and adjust the dosing based on the subject’s performance. For example, dosing for subjects that show reduced effects in energy regulation can be increased to achieve desired results.
  • the components in the compositions can be administered together at the same time in the same route, or administered separately.
  • the components in the compositions can also be administered subsequently.
  • the components in the compositions can be administered at the same or different administration route.
  • Another aspect of the present disclosure provides for achieving desired effects in one or more subjects after administration of a combination composition described herein for a specified time period.
  • the beneficial effects of the compositions described herein can be observed after administration of the compositions to the subject for 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 24, or 52 weeks.
  • the present disclosure also provides for methods of manufacturing the compositions described herein.
  • the manufacture of a composition described herein may comprise mixing or combining two or more components.
  • compositions can be combined or mixed with a pharmaceutically active or therapeutic agent (i.e., a therapeutic compound), a carrier, and/or an excipient. Examples of such components are described herein.
  • a pharmaceutically active or therapeutic agent i.e., a therapeutic compound
  • carrier i.e., a carrier
  • excipient examples of such components are described herein.
  • the combined compositions can be formed into a unit dosage as tablets, capsules, gel capsules, or slow-release tablets.
  • the composition may be prepared such that a solid composition containing a substantially homogeneous mixture of the one or more components is achieved, such that the one or more components are dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition can be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
  • a unit dose of a composition may retain at least about 10 %, 20 %, 30 %, 40 %, 50 %, 60 %, 70 %, 80 %, 90%, or 95 % of one or more cannabinoids after placement in a sealed container for a certain period of time, such as after 1 day, 7 days, 1 month, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, or more.
  • a unit dose of a composition may have a shelf-life that is at least about 1 day, 7 days, 1 month, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, or more.
  • a trace amount of acid in a composition may contribute and enhance the shelf life of a composition.
  • a unit dose of a composition may be stored under conditions of at least about 25 °C, 30 °C, 40 °C, 50 °C, 60 °C, 70 °C, or more.
  • a unit dose of a composition may be stored under a humidity level condition of at least about 10 %, 20 %, 30 %, 40 %, 50 %, 60 %, 70 %, 80 %, 90%, 95 % or more humidity level without significant degradation of the cannabinoid.
  • a unit dose may be packaged into a container to be transferred to the user.
  • a unit dose may be packaged in a tube, ajar, a box, a vial, a bag, a tray, a drum, a bottle, a syringe, or a can.
  • kits include one or more compositions described herein, in suitable packaging, and can further comprise written material that can include instructions for use, discussion of clinical studies, and listing of side effects.
  • Such kits can also include information, such as scientific literature references, package insert materials, clinical trial results, and/or summaries of these, which indicate or establish the activities and/or advantages of the composition, and/or which describe dosing, administration, side effects, drug interactions, or other information useful to the health care provider.
  • Such information can be based on the results of various studies, for example, studies using experimental animals involving in vivo models and studies based on human clinical trials.
  • a kit can comprise one or more unit doses described herein.
  • a kit may comprise at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 30, 31, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, 210, or more unit doses.
  • a kit may comprise at most about 20, 15, 10, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 unit dose.
  • Instructions for use can comprise dosing instructions, such as instructions to take 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more unit doses 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more times per day.
  • a kit can comprise a unit dose supplied as a tablet, with each tablet package separately, multiples of tablets packaged separately according to the number of unit doses per administration (e.g. pairs of tablets), or all tablets packaged together (e.g. in a bottle).
  • a kit can comprise a unit dose supplied as a bottled drink, the kit comprising 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 24, 28, 36, 48, 72, or more bottles.
  • Instructions may be provided in print form on a user interface of an electronic device of a user.
  • the instructions may be provided, for example, on a graphical user interface or a webbased interface.
  • the kit can further contain another agent.
  • the compound of the present disclosure and the agent may be provided or packaged as separate compositions in separate containers within the kit.
  • the compound of the present disclosure and the agent may be provided or packaged as a single composition within a container in the kit.
  • Suitable packaging and additional articles for use e.g., measuring cup for liquid preparations, foil wrapping to minimize exposure to air
  • Kits described herein can be provided, marketed and/or promoted to health providers, including physicians, nurses, pharmacists, formulary officials. Kits can also be marketed directly to the consumer.
  • a kit can comprise a multi-day supply of unit dosages.
  • the unit dosages can be any unit dosage described herein.
  • the kit can comprise instructions directing the administration of the multi-day supply of unit dosages over a period of multiple days.
  • the multi-day supply can be a one-month supply, a 30-day supply, or a multi-week supply.
  • the multi-day supply can be a 90- day, 180-day, 3-month or 6-month supply.
  • the kit can include packaged daily unit dosages, such as packages of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 unit dosages.
  • the kit can be packaged with other dietary supplements, vitamins, and meal replacement bars, mixes, and beverages.
  • a kit may comprise starting materials that allows a user to perform the conversion of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol).
  • a kit may comprise all the necessary starting materials so that a user may perform the conversion.
  • the kit may comprise a carboxylated cannabinoid, an acid present to effect conversion of the carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid, a reaction vessel configured to hold a reaction mixture comprising the acid and the carboxylated cannabinoid, and instructions for performing the conversion utilizing the acid.
  • the resulting decarboxylated cannabinoid that is formed from the conversion may be A 9 tetrahydrocannabinol.
  • a kit may comprise some of the necessary starting materials so that a user may perform the conversion.
  • a user may supplement the kit with his or her own supply of carboxylated cannabinoid.
  • the kit may comprise an acid present to effect conversion of the carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid, a reaction vessel configured to hold a reaction mixture comprising the acid and the carboxylated cannabinoid, and instructions for performing the conversion utilizing the acid.
  • the carboxylated cannabinoid that the user supplies may be tetrahydrocannabinolic acid.
  • the acid in a kit may be present in at least about 0.01 grams (g), 0.1 g, 0.5 g, 1 g, 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more.
  • the carboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. tetrahydrocannabinolic acid), if provided in a kit, may be present in at least about 1 grams (g), 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more.
  • the amount of decarboxylated cannabinoid formed from performing a reaction using a kit may be at least about 1 grams (g), 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more.
  • FIG. 1 shows a computer control system 101 that is programmed or otherwise configured to produce a composition comprising, for example, (i) a mixture of carboxylated cannabinoids and decarboxylated cannabinoids or (ii) an encapsulated psychedelic compound, or provide instructions for using or generating compositions of the present disclosure.
  • the computer control system 101 can regulate various aspects of the methods of the present disclosure, such as, for example, methods of producing (i) the decarboxylated cannabinoids or (ii) an emulsion comprising an encapsulated psychedelic compound, including, but not limited to, the movements of the reaction vessel and stirrer, packaging of a unit dose of a composition, and printing instructions for use of a composition.
  • the computer control system 101 can be implemented on an electronic device of a user or a computer system that is remotely located with respect to the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can be a mobile electronic device.
  • the computer system 101 includes a central processing unit (CPU, also “processor” and “computer processor” herein) 105, which can be a single core or multi core processor, or a plurality of processors for parallel processing.
  • the computer control system 101 also includes memory or memory location 110 (e.g., random-access memory, read-only memory, flash memory), electronic storage unit 115 (e.g., hard disk), communication interface 120 (e.g., network adapter) for communicating with one or more other systems, and peripheral devices 125, such as cache, other memory, data storage and/or electronic display adapters.
  • the memory 110, storage unit 115, interface 120 and peripheral devices 125 are in communication with the CPU 105 through a communication bus (solid lines), such as a motherboard.
  • the storage unit 115 can be a data storage unit (or data repository) for storing data.
  • the computer control system 101 can be operatively coupled to a computer network (“network”) 130 with the aid of the communication interface 120.
  • the network 130 can be the Internet, an internet and/or extranet, or an intranet and/or extranet that is in communication with the Internet.
  • the network 130 in some cases is a telecommunication and/or data network.
  • the network 130 can include one or more computer servers, which can enable distributed computing, such as cloud computing.
  • the network 130 in some cases with the aid of the computer system 101, can implement a peer-to- peer network, which may enable devices coupled to the computer system 101 to behave as a client or a server.
  • the CPU 105 can execute a sequence of machine-readable instructions, which can be embodied in a program or software.
  • the instructions may be stored in a memory location, such as the memory 110.
  • the instructions can be directed to the CPU 105, which can subsequently program or otherwise configure the CPU 105 to implement methods of the present disclosure. Examples of operations performed by the CPU 105 can include fetch, decode, execute, and writeback.
  • the CPU 105 can be part of a circuit, such as an integrated circuit.
  • a circuit such as an integrated circuit.
  • One or more other components of the system 101 can be included in the circuit.
  • the circuit is an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the storage unit 115 can store files, such as drivers, libraries and saved programs.
  • the storage unit 115 can store user data, e.g., user preferences and user programs.
  • the computer system 101 in some cases can include one or more additional data storage units that are external to the computer system 101, such as located on a remote server that is in communication with the computer system 101 through an intranet or the Internet.
  • the computer system 101 can communicate with one or more remote computer systems through the network 130.
  • the computer system 101 can communicate with a remote computer system of a user (e.g., a user controlling the manufacture of a three- dimensional object).
  • remote computer systems include personal computers (e.g., portable PC), slate or tablet PC’s (e.g., Apple® iPad, Samsung® Galaxy Tab), telephones, Smart phones (e.g., Apple® iPhone, Android-enabled device, Blackberry®), or personal digital assistants.
  • the user can access the computer system 101 via the network 130.
  • Methods as described herein can be implemented by way of machine (e.g., computer processor) executable code stored on an electronic storage location of the computer system 101, such as, for example, on the memory 110 or electronic storage unit 115.
  • the machine executable or machine readable code can be provided in the form of software.
  • the code can be executed by the processor 105.
  • the code can be retrieved from the storage unit 115 and stored on the memory 110 for ready access by the processor 105.
  • the electronic storage unit 115 can be precluded, and machine-executable instructions are stored on memory 110.
  • the code can be pre-compiled and configured for use with a machine having a processer adapted to execute the code, or can be compiled during runtime.
  • the code can be supplied in a programming language that can be selected to enable the code to execute in a precompiled or as-compiled fashion.
  • aspects of the systems and methods provided herein can be embodied in programming.
  • Various aspects of the technology may be thought of as “products” or “articles of manufacture” typically in the form of machine (or processor) executable code and/or associated data that is carried on or embodied in a type of machine readable medium.
  • Machine-executable code can be stored on an electronic storage unit, such as memory (e.g., read-only memory, random-access memory, flash memory) or a hard disk.
  • “Storage” type media can include any or all of the tangible memory of the computers, processors or the like, or associated modules thereof, such as various semiconductor memories, tape drives, disk drives and the like, which may provide non-transitory storage at any time for the software programming. All or portions of the software may at times be communicated through the Internet or various other telecommunication networks. Such communications, for example, may enable loading of the software from one computer or processor into another, for example, from a management server or host computer into the computer platform of an application server.
  • another type of media that may bear the software elements includes optical, electrical and electromagnetic waves, such as used across physical interfaces between local devices, through wired and optical landline networks and over various air-links.
  • a machine readable medium such as computer-executable code
  • a tangible storage medium such as computer-executable code
  • Non-volatile storage media include, for example, optical or magnetic disks, such as any of the storage devices in any computer(s) or the like, such as may be used to implement the databases, etc. shown in the drawings.
  • Volatile storage media include dynamic memory, such as main memory of such a computer platform.
  • Tangible transmission media include coaxial cables; copper wire and fiber optics, including the wires that comprise a bus within a computer system.
  • Carrier-wave transmission media may take the form of electric or electromagnetic signals, or acoustic or light waves such as those generated during radio frequency (RF) and infrared (IR) data communications.
  • RF radio frequency
  • IR infrared
  • Common forms of computer-readable media therefore include for example: a floppy disk, a flexible disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, any other magnetic medium, a CD-ROM, DVD or DVD-ROM, any other optical medium, punch cards paper tape, any other physical storage medium with patterns of holes, a RAM, a ROM, a PROM and EPROM, a FLASH-EPROM, any other memory chip or cartridge, a carrier wave transporting data or instructions, cables or links transporting such a carrier wave, or any other medium from which a computer may read programming code and/or data.
  • Many of these forms of computer readable media may be involved in carrying one or more sequences of one or more instructions to a processor for execution.
  • EXAMPLE 1 Treatment of Pain Relief for a Subject with Chronic Pain with a Composition
  • Subjects e.g., patients that are suffering from chronic pain have their pain levels assessed and evaluated by a treating physician or other pain management expert. Such subjects are then prescribed 10 mg/day of a composition comprising cannabinoids and one or more terpenoids. The subjects are then evaluated again after two weeks to determine if symptoms have improved. After evaluation, the dosage is increased, decreased, or kept the same depending on the change in the level of pain. The treatment is maintained for as long as necessary to affect a stable resolution of the symptoms of chronic pain.
  • EXAMPLE 2 Treatment of a Subject that has been Diagnosed with Alzheimer’s Disease [00254] Subjects that are diagnosed clinically with Alzheimer’s disease are evaluated for common symptoms such as memory loss and confusion.
  • Subjects are prescribed 10 mg/day of a composition, and then evaluated again after two weeks to determine if symptoms have worsened. After evaluation, the dosage is increased, decreased, or kept the same depending on the change in the symptoms of inattention and hyperactivity. The treatment is maintained for as long as necessary to affect a stable or desired level of the symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease.
  • a reaction vessel in an industrial laboratory is placed in an ice bath.
  • the reaction vessel is charged with 100 grams of cannabis plant, 1 mL of acetic acid, and 5 L of water.
  • the reaction is stirred as the ice bath is removed and the reaction is allowed to come to room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered and the water in the resulting solution is removed.
  • the solid is then mixed with a filler, such as gelatin, and is packaged into a capsule as a unit dose.
  • the unit dose is then distributed and sold to users.
  • a kit is sold to a user.
  • the kit comprises all the necessary starting materials so that the user may perform the conversion of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid.
  • the kit comprises 2 grams of a cannabis plant, 1 grams of citric acid, a bowl, and instructions for performing the conversion utilizing the acid.
  • Formulations comprising quillaja extract (e.g., Q Natural), a psychedelic compound (e.g., psilocin, MDMA, ketamine, DMT, and/or LSD), and water are prepared using a microfluidic fluid processor (e.g., Microfluidizer from Microfluidics/IDEX Corporation).
  • An emulsion formulation comprising a plurality of droplets is prepared with 60 g of quillaja extract (e.g., Q Natural), 1-80 g of the psychedelic compound, 100 g of water, and optionally 1-80 g of at least one cannabinoid compound at an operating pressure of 30,000 psi in the microfluidic fluid processor.
  • a droplet of the plurality of droplets comprises at least the psychedelic compound.
  • sodium alginate is used in the formulations, and calcium chloride is used to cross-link the emulsions.
  • a therapeutic composition as disclosed herein can be administered to a subject having or is suspected of having a condition, such as PTSD or addiction.
  • Table 1 shows examples of therapeutic compositions comprising (i) psychedelic compounds and (ii) cannabinoid compounds (e.g., encapsulated or non-encapsulated cannabinoids, such as cannabidiol), where each therapeutic composition (as indicated by the sample number) is for being administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • FIG. 2A shows an example composition 500A (e.g., composition 1 from Table 1) comprising one or more microcapsules 510A that encapsulate one or more psychedelic compounds.
  • composition 500A e.g., composition 1 from Table 1
  • microcapsules 510A that encapsulate one or more psychedelic compounds.
  • FIG. 2B shows an example composition 500B (e.g., composition 2 from Table 1) comprising one or more microcapsules 510B that encapsulate one or more psychedelic compounds.
  • the composition 500B further comprises one or more additional microcapsules 520B that encapsulate one or more additional therapeutic compounds (e.g., cannabinoids).
  • additional therapeutic compounds e.g., cannabinoids
  • FIG. 2C shows an example composition 500C (e.g., composition 3 from Table 1) comprising one or more microcapsules 510C that encapsulate (i) one or more psychedelic compounds and (ii) one or more additional therapeutic compounds (e.g., cannabinoids).
  • composition 500C e.g., composition 3 from Table 1
  • additional therapeutic compounds e.g., cannabinoids
  • FIG. 2D shows an example composition 500D (e.g., composition 4 from Table 1) comprising one or more psychedelic compounds in non-encapsulated form, e.g., to be used as a control composition.
  • composition 500D e.g., composition 4 from Table 1
  • psychedelic compounds in non-encapsulated form, e.g., to be used as a control composition.
  • EXAMPLE 7 Administration of Encapsulated Psychedelics Composition to a Subject [00269]
  • An encapsulated psychedelics composition e.g., the composition in Example 5, is administered to a subject suffering or is suspected of having a condition. The level of psychedelics compounds in the subject increases, and the condition is improved.
  • Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD):
  • the subject can have or can be suspected of having PTSD. Any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can be administered (e.g., orally, intravenously, etc.) to the subject to treat PTSD. Such composition can be administered to the subject once or a plurality of times.
  • the subject can be assessed via a PTSD checklist as disclosed herein prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess a change in the degree of PTSD of the subject.
  • one or more biomarkers for PTSD as disclosed herein e.g., Allopregnanolone
  • the subject treated with any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of PTSD or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is not treated or who is treated with the composition 4 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the compositions 2 or 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of PTSD or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 1 or 5 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the composition 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of PTSD or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 2 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the compositions 2 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of PTSD or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 3 in Example 5.
  • the subject can have or can be suspected of having insomnia. Any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can be administered (e.g., orally, intravenously, etc.) to the subject to treat insomnia. Such composition can be administered to the subject once or a plurality of times.
  • the subject can be assessed via an insomnia severity index as disclosed herein prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess a change in the degree of insomnia of the subject.
  • one or more biomarkers for insomnia as disclosed herein e.g., BDNF
  • BDNF can be measured prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess the change in the degree of insomnia of the subject.
  • the subject treated with any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of insomnia or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is not treated or who is treated with the composition 4 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the compositions 2 or 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of insomnia or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 1 or 5 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the composition 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of insomnia or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 2 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the compositions 2 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of insomnia or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 3 in Example 5.
  • the subject can have or can be suspected of having alcohol addiction. Any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can be administered (e.g., orally, intravenously, etc.) to the subject to treat alcohol addiction. Such composition can be administered to the subject once or a plurality of times.
  • the subject can be assessed via an alcohol addiction checklist (e.g., AUDIT) as disclosed herein prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess a change in the degree of alcohol addiction of the subject.
  • an alcohol addiction checklist e.g., AUDIT
  • one or more biomarkers for alcohol addiction as disclosed herein e.g., GGT
  • GGT biomarkers for alcohol addiction as disclosed herein
  • the subject treated with any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of alcohol addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is not treated or who is treated with the composition 4 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the compositions 2 or 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of alcohol addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 1 or 5 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the composition 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of alcohol addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 2 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the compositions 2 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of alcohol addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 3 in Example 5.
  • the subject can have or can be suspected of having nicotine addiction (e.g., addiction to smoking).
  • Any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can be administered (e.g., orally, intravenously, etc.) to the subject to treat nicotine addiction.
  • Such composition can be administered to the subject once or a plurality of times.
  • the subject can be assessed via a nicotine addiction checklist as disclosed herein (e.g., FTND) prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess a change in the degree of nicotine addiction of the subject.
  • FTND nicotine addiction checklist
  • one or more biomarkers for nicotine addiction as disclosed herein e.g., blood nicotine level
  • the subject treated with any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of nicotine addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is not treated or who is treated with the composition 4 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the compositions 2 or 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of nicotine addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 1 or 5 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the composition 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of nicotine addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 2 in Example 5.
  • the subject treated with the compositions 2 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of nicotine addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 3 in Example 5.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Natural Medicines & Medicinal Plants (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Addiction (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Botany (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Alternative & Traditional Medicine (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Nutrition Science (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nanotechnology (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure provides a composition comprising one or more psychedelic compounds. The compositions may be configured such that the one or more psychedelic compounds may be water soluble or fat soluble. The composition may comprise one or more encapsulated psychedelic compounds. The composition may comprise an emulsion that comprises one or more encapsulated psychedelic compounds. In some cases, the emulsion may comprise a plurality of droplets, and a droplet of the plurality of droplets may comprise the encapsulated psychedelic compounds.

Description

PSYCHEDELIC COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR FORMING THE SAME
CROSS-REFERENCE
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/323,779, filed March 25, 2022, which application is incorporated herein by reference.
BACKGROUND
[0002] One or more psychedelic compounds can be administered to a subject in need thereof. Psychedelic compounds may possess benefits to the health, physical wellbeing, and/or emotional well-being of a subject.
SUMMARY
[0003] There remains a substantial need for compositions comprising psychedelic compounds having increased bioavailability, increased shelf stability, reduced first pass metabolism, and/or other beneficial properties.
[0004] In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a first psychedelic compound and a second psychedelic compound, wherein the first psychedelic compound is configured for rapid uptake of the first psychedelic compound to a blood stream of a subject and the second psychedelic compound is configured for delayed uptake of the second psychedelic compound to the blood stream of the subject.
[0005] In some embodiments, the first psychedelic compound or the second psychedelic compound are encapsulated. In some embodiments, the composition comprises an emulsion comprising a plurality of droplets, wherein the first psychedelic compound or the second psychedelic compound is encapsulated in the plurality of droplets. In some embodiments, the droplet has a size less than or equal to about 1 micrometer. In some embodiments, the droplet has a size less than or equal to about 500 nanometers. In some embodiments, the droplet has a size between about 10 nanometers and about 200 nanometers.
[0006] In some embodiments of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, the emulsion is an oil-in-water (o/w) emulsion or a water-in-oil (w/o) emulsion.
[0007] In some embodiments of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, the first psychedelic compound is a synthetic compound. In some embodiments, the first psychedelic compound of the second psychedelic compound is a natural compound.
[0008] In some embodiments of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, the first or the second psychedelic compound comprises one or more members selected from the group consisting of: tryptamine, phenethyl amine, lysergamide, prodrugs thereof, and modifications thereof.
[0009] In some embodiments of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, the first of the second psychedelic compound comprises one or more members selected from the group consisting of: harmala alkaloid, harmaline, diemethyltryptamine (DMT), 5-methoxy-N,N- dimethyltryptamine (5ME0-DMT), psilocybin, psilocin, 2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine (DOI), dimethoxybromoamphetamine (DOB), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-ethylamphetamine (DOE), 2,5- dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine (DOM), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-nitroamphetamine (DON), 2-(4- Iodo-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethan-l-amine (2CI), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-bromophenethylamin (2C-B), trimethoxyamphetamine (TMA), 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenethylamine (Mescaline), 2, 5 -dimethoxy -
4-trifluoromethylamphetamine (DOTFM), and (R)-alpha-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-2, 3,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[l,2-b:4,5-b']difuran-4-ethanamine (TFMFly), o lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), lysergic acid amide (LSA), dimethyllysergamide (DAM), lysergic acid ethylamide (LAE), lysergic acid 2-butyl amide (LSB), lysergic acid 3-pentyl amide (LSP), ergometrine, ergotamine, methergine, methysergide, amesergide, cabergoline, LY-215840, 3,4- methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA), methylenedi oxy pyrovalerone (MDPV), benzoylmethylecgonine (cocaine), ibogaine, ketamine, prodrugs thereof, and modifications thereof.
[0010] In some embodiments of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, the first of the second psychedelic compound is configured to bind one or more members selected from the group consisting of: dopamine receptor, serotonin receptor, trace amine-associated receptor (TAAR), opioid receptor, and modifications thereof. In some embodiments, the encapsulated psychedelic compound is configured to bind one or more members selected from the group consisting of: dopamine D2 receptor, dopamine D3 receptor, dopamine D4 receptor, 5- hydroxytryptamine 2 A (5-HT2A) receptor, 5-HT2B receptor, 5-HT2C receptor, 5-HT3 receptor,
5-HT4 receptor, TAAR1, K-opioid receptor, p-opioid receptor, and modifications thereof.
[0011] In some embodiments of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, the droplet is characterized by one or more members selected from the group consisting of: (i) a sigmoidal release profile of the first or second psychedelic compound, (ii) a plasma half-life of the first or the second psychedelic compound greater than that of the first or the second psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form, (iii) a first pass metabolism of the first or the second psychedelic compound reduced by at least 5% compared to the first or the second psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form, (iv) a rate of excretion of the first or the second psychedelic compound from a subject's body reduced by at least 5% compared to the first or the second psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form, and (v) a degradation rate at an ambient temperature of at least 20° Celsius (° C.) of the first or the second psychedelic compound of at least 5% less than a degradation rate of the first of the second psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form.
[0012] In some embodiments, of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, the composition further comprises at least one therapeutic compound. In some embodiments, a droplet of the plurality of droplets comprises the first or the second psychedelic compound and the at least one therapeutic compound. In some embodiments, (i) a first droplet of the plurality of droplets comprises the first or the second psychedelic compound and (ii) a second droplet of the plurality of droplets comprises the at least one therapeutic compound. In some embodiments, the first droplet and the second droplet are different. In some embodiments, the at least one therapeutic compound comprises at least one cannabinoid compound. In some embodiments, the at least one therapeutic compound comprises at least one terpene compound.
[0013] In some embodiments of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, administration of the composition to a subject in need thereof effects (i) a reduced degree of a disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control, or (ii) reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control. In some embodiments, the administration of the composition to a subject in need thereof effects (i) a reduced degree of a disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control, and (ii) reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control.
[0014] In some embodiments of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, the administration effects the reduced degree of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or more as compared to a control.
[0015] In some embodiments of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, the administration effects the reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or more as compared to a control.
[0016] In some embodiments of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, the disease or condition is a psychological disorder.
[0017] In some embodiments of any one of the compositions disclosed herein, the disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of PTSD, alcohol addiction, nicotine addiction, and insomnia.
[0018] In some embodiments, a level of the first psychedelic compound is detectable in the blood stream of the subject in a time of less than or equal to about five minutes after administration of the composition to the subject. In some embodiments, a level of the first psychedelic compound is detectable in the blood stream of the subject in a time of less than or equal to about one minute after administration of the composition to the subject. In some embodiments, a level of the second psychedelic compound is detectable in the blood stream of the subject in a time of greater than or equal to about five minutes after administration of the composition to the subject. In some embodiments, a level of the second psychedelic compound is detectable in the blood stream of the subject in a time from about five minutes to 30 minutes after administration of the composition to the subject.
[0019] In some embodiments, the composition comprises a colloidal suspension comprising a plurality of nanoparticles, and wherein the first psychedelic compound is disposed inside the plurality of nanoparticles. In some embodiments, the first psychedelic compound is not water soluble. In some embodiments, the first psychedelic compound has a water solubility of less than or equal to about 1 gram per 100 milliliters (g/100 mL).
[0020] In some embodiments, the composition comprises a plurality of liposomes, and wherein the second psychedelic compound is disposed inside the plurality of liposomes. In some embodiments, the second psychedelic compound is water soluble. In some embodiments, the second psychedelic compound has a water solubility of greater than or equal to about 1 g/100 mL.
[0021] In some embodiments, the first and the second psychedelic compounds are the same. In some embodiments, the first and the second psychedelic compounds are different.
[0022] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a kit comprising the composition of any one of the subject methods.
[0023] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method for administering an encapsulated psychedelic compound to a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject the composition of any one of the subject methods.
[0024] Additional aspects and advantages of the present disclosure will become readily apparent to those skilled in this art from the following detailed description, wherein only illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure are shown and described. As will be realized, the present disclosure is capable of other and different embodiments, and its several details are capable of modifications in various obvious respects, all without departing from the disclosure. Accordingly, the drawings and description are to be regarded as illustrative in nature, and not as restrictive.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
[0025] All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0026] The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the invention are utilized, and the accompanying drawings (also “figure” and “FIG.” herein), of which:
[0027] FIG. 1 shows a computer control system that is programmed or otherwise configured to implement methods provided herein.
[0028] FIG. 2A shows an example composition comprising one or more microcapsules that encapsulate one or more psychedelic compounds.
[0029] FIG. 2B shows an example composition comprising one or more microcapsules that encapsulate one or more psychedelic compounds.
[0030] FIG. 2C shows an example composition comprising one or more microcapsules that encapsulate one or more psychedelic compounds and one or more additional therapeutic compounds (e.g., cannabinoids).
[0031] FIG. 2D shows an example composition comprising one or more psychedelic compounds in non-encapsulated form, e.g., to be used as a control composition.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0032] While various embodiments of the invention have been shown and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions may occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed.
[0033] The term “about,” as used herein, generally refers to an acceptable error range for the particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which may depend in part on how the value is measured or determined. For example, “about” can mean within 1 or more than 1 standard deviation. Alternatively, “about” can mean a range of up to 20%, up to 10%, up to 5%, or up to 1% of a given value. Alternatively, particularly with respect to biological systems or processes, the term can mean within an order of magnitude, within 5-fold, and within 2-fold, of a value.
[0034] The term “subject,” as used herein, generally refers to an animal. The subject may have or be suspected of having a disease or ailment. A subject may be a mammal. Non-limiting examples of mammals include humans and animals, such as mice, monkeys, dogs and cats, including transgenic and non-transgenic mice. The methods described herein can be useful in both human therapeutics, pre-clinical, and veterinary applications. The subject may be a mammal. The subject may be human. Other mammals include, but are not limited to, apes, chimpanzees, orangutans, monkeys; domesticated animals (pets) such as dogs, cats, guinea pigs, hamsters, mice, rats, rabbits, and ferrets; domesticated farm animals such as cows, buffalo, bison, horses, donkey, swine, sheep, and goats; or exotic animals typically found in zoos, such as bear, lions, tigers, panthers, elephants, hippopotamus, rhinoceros, giraffes, antelopes, sloth, gazelles, zebras, wildebeests, prairie dogs, koala bears, kangaroo, pandas, giant pandas, hyena, seals, sea lions, and elephant seals.
[0035] The term “administer,” as used herein, generally refers to providing a composition to a subject via a route of administration, including but not limited to intravenous, intraarterial, oral, parenteral, buccal, topical, transdermal, rectal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intraosseous, transmucosal, or intraperitoneal routes of administration. A composition may be administered via a suppository, such as a vaginal or anal suppository. Oral routes of administration may be used. A unit dose may be administered via inhalation. Examples of the administration method may include, but are not limited to, intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intraosseous, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, epidural, intracardiac, intraarticular, intracavernous, intravitreal, transdermal, and/or oral (e.g., buccal, sublabial, and/or sublingual). Examples of dosage forms for the oral administration can include, but are not limited to, a capsule, dragee, pill, tablet, gel, liquid, slurry, suspension, syrup, and powder. Examples transdermal administration can include, but are not limited to, a transdermal patch, a topical liquid or gel, immersion therapy (e.g., subjecting an individual in a float tank).
[0036] The term “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, generally refers to an amount of a compound described herein that is sufficient to affect an intended, predetermined or prescribed application, including but not limited to, disease or condition treatment. The therapeutically effective amount can vary depending upon the application (e.g., in vitro or in vivo), or the subject and disease condition being treated, e.g., the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease condition and the manner of administration. The term also may apply to a dose that induces a particular response in target cells, e.g., reduction of proliferation or down regulation of activity of a target protein. The specific dose may vary depending on the particular compounds chosen, the dosing regimen to be followed, whether it is administered in combination with other compounds, timing of administration, the tissue to which it is administered, and the physical delivery system in which it is carried.
[0037] The term “isolated,” as used herein, generally refers to a preparation of a substance devoid of at least some of the other components that can also be present where the substance or a similar substance naturally occurs or is initially obtained from. Thus, for example, an isolated substance can be prepared by using a purification technique to enrich it from a source mixture. Enrichment can be measured on an absolute basis, such as weight per volume of solution, or it can be measured in relation to a second, potentially interfering substance present in the source mixture. Increasing enrichment may be used. A substance can also be provided in an isolated state by a process of artificial assembly, such as by chemical synthesis.
[0038] The term “substantially free,” as used herein, generally refers to a composition that has less than about 25% (e.g., by weight), less than about 15%, less than about 10%, less than about 5%, less than about 1%, less than about 0.5%, less than 0.1% or even less of a specified component. Such composition may not have a detectable amount of such specified component. For example a composition that is substantially free of a weak acid (e.g., an acid with a pKa of at most about 10) can have less than about 1% of the weak acid. The percentage can be determined as a percent of the total composition or a percent of a subset of the composition. For example, a composition that is substantially free of a weak acid can have less than 1% of the weak acid as a percent of the total composition, or as a percent of the acids in the composition. The percentages can be mass, molar, or volume percentages. The presence or concentration of such component may be determined spectroscopically, such as chromatography or nuclear magnetic resonance. [0039] The term “synergistic,” as used herein, generally refers to an effect such that the one or more effects of the combination of compositions is greater than the one or more effects of each component alone, or they can be greater than the sum of the one or more effects of each component alone. The synergistic effect can be greater than about 10 %, 20 %, 30 %, 50 %, 75 %, 100 %, 110 %, 120 %, 150 %, 200 %, 250 %, 350 %, or 500% or more than the effect on a subject with one of the components alone, or the additive effects of each of the components when administered individually. The effect can be any of the measurable effects described herein.
[0040] The term “cannabis plant,” as used herein, generally refers to a plant that is part of a genus of a flowering plant in the family Cannabaceae, and may include three species or subspecies: sativa, indica, and ruderalis. A cannabis plant may comprise a number of different parts, including a node, a plant stem, a fan leaf, and a flower. The flower of a cannabis plant may be a male or a female flower. The female flower may comprise a flower, a pistil, a cola, a trichome, and a calyx.
[0041] The term “cannabinoid,” as used herein, generally refers to a cannabinoid compound that has been isolated or identified in a cannabis plant. A cannabinoid compound may act on a cannabinoid receptor in a cell. The cannabinoid may alter physiological processes, including altering neurotransmitter release in the brain, appetite, pain-sensation, mood, and memory. A cannabinoid compound may have a C21 terpenophenolic core.
[0042] The term “carboxylated cannabinoid,” as used herein, generally refers to a compound that has been isolated or identified in a cannabis plant and possesses a carboxylic acid moiety (i.e. -COOH). A carboxylated cannabinoid may be tetrahydrocannabinolic acid.
[0043] The term “decarboxylated cannabinoid,” as used herein, generally refers to a cannabinoid compound that previously possessed a carboxylic acid moiety (e.g. a carboxylated cannabinoid), and underwent a chemical reaction so to no longer possesses the carboxylic acid moiety. A decarboxylated cannabinoid may be a natural compound and may be present in a cannabis plant. A decarboxylated cannabinoid may be synthesized or produced via synthetic methods. A decarboxylated cannabinoid may be A9 tetrahydrocannabinol.
[0044] The term “terpenoid,” as used herein, generally refers to an organic compound that is composed of isoprene units, wherein each isoprene unit has the formula CsHs. The isoprene units may be connected via covalent bonds. Terpenoids may have the formula (CsHsjn, wherein n is an integer of 1 or more, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, or more. A terpenoid may be a monoterpenoid (C10 skeleton), sesqui terpenoid (C15 skeleton), diterpenoid (C20 skeleton), or treterpenoid (C30 skeleton). Terpenoids may possess beneficial effects on a subject, and may be used as a dietary supplement or nutritional supplement.
[0045] The term “terpenoid degredation product,” as used herein, generally refers to an organic compound that is a product of a reaction performed on a terpenoid. A terpenoid may degrade into multiple fragments, wherein each fragment may be considered as a terpenoid degradation product. A terpenoid degradation product may be formed during a reaction such as heating, burning, or smoking a terpenoid compound or a composition comprising a terpenoid. A terpenoid degradation product may be formed by application of heat of at least about 50 °C, 75 °C, 100 °C, 200 °C, 300 °C, 400 °C, 500 °C, 600 °C, 700 °C, 800 °C, 900 °C, 1000 °C, or more. A terpenoid degradation product may not possess the beneficial properties of the terpenoid from which it was derived.
[0046] Cannabinoid compounds can be divided into ten subclasses. Subclasses of cannabinoid compounds include the cannabigerol class, cannabichromene class, cannabidiol class, delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol class, delta-8 -tetrahydrocannabinol class, cannabicyclol class, cannabielsoin class, cannabinol and cannabinodiol class, cannabitriol class, and a miscellaneous cannabinoids class.
[0047] Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabigerol class include cannabigerolic acid (CBGA), cannabigerolic acid monomethylether (CBGAM), cannabigerol (CBG), cannabigerol monomethylether (CBGM), cannabigerovarinic acid (CBGVA), and cannabigerovarin (CBGV).
[0048] Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabichromene class include cannabichromenic acid (CBCA), cannabichromene (CBC), cannabichromevarinic acid (CBCVA), and cannabichromevarin (CBCV).
[0049] Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabidiol class include cannabidiolic acid (CBDA), cannabidiol (CBD), cannabidiol monomethylether (CBDM), cannabidiol-C4 (CBD-C4), cannabidivarinic acid (CBDVA), cannabidivarin (CBDV), and cannabidiorcol (CBD-Ci).
[0050] Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the delta-9- tetrahydrocannabinol class include delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinolic acid A (THCA-A), delta-9- tetrahydrocannabinolic acid B (THCA-B), delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), delta-9- tetrahydrocannabinolic acid-C4 (THCA-C4), delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol-C4 (THC-C4), dena-9- tetrahydrocannabivarinic acid (THCVA), delta-9-tetrahydrocannabivarin (THCV), delta-9- tetrahydrocannabiorcolic acid (THCA-Ci), delta-9-tetrahydrocannabiorcol (THC-Ci), and delta- 7-czs-iso-tetrahydrocannabivarin.
[0051] Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the delta-8- tetrahydrocannabinol class include delta-8-tetrahydrocannabinolic acid (A8-THCA), and delta-8- tetrahydrocannabinol (A8-THC).
[0052] Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabicyclol class include cannabicyclolic acid (CBLA), cannabicyclol (CBL), and cannabicyclovarin (CBLV).
[0053] Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabielsoin class include cannabielsoic acid A (CBEA-A), cannabielsoic acid B (CBEA-B), and cannabielsoin (CBE). [0054] Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabinol and cannabinodiol class include cannabinolic acid (CBNA), cannabinol (CBN), cannabinol methylether (CBNM), cannabinol-C4 (CBN-C4), cannabivarin (CBV), cannabinol-C2 (CBN-C2), cannabiorcol (CBN-Ci), cannabinodiol (CBND), and cannabinodivarin (CBVD).
[0055] Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the cannabitriol class include cannabitriol (CBT), 10-ethoxy-9-hydroxy-delta-6a-tetrahydrocannabinol, 8,9-dihydroxy-delta- 6a-tetrahydrocannabinol, cannabitriolvarin (CBTV), and ethoxy-cannabitriolvarin (CBTVE). [0056] Non-limiting examples of cannabinoid compounds in the miscellaneous cannabinoids class, include dehydrocannabifuran (DCBF), cannabifuran (CBF), cannabichromanon (CBCN), cannabicitran (CBT), 10-oxo-delta-6a-tetrahydrocannabinol (OTHC), delta-9-czs-tetrahydrocannabinol (cis-THC), 3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-7-hydroxy-zz//2/z< - a//V7a-2-trimethy l -9-n-propyl-2,6-methano-2H- l -benzoxocin-5 -methanol (OH-iso-HHCV), cannabiripsol (CBR), and trihydroxy-delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (triOH-THC).
[0057] Terpenoid compounds that have been isolated from the essential oil of a cannabis plant may include myrcene, limonene, linalool, /ra/z.s-ocimene, Z>eta-pinene, alpha-pinene, beta- caryophyllene, delta-3 -carene, trans-gamma-bisabolene, trans-alpha-farnesene, Ac/a-fenchol, Ac/a-phellandrene, a/pAa-humulene (a/p/za-caryophyllene), guajol, alpha-gpaiene, alpha- eudesmol, terpinolene, alpha-selinene, alpha-texpineol, fenchone, camphene, c/.s-sabinene hydrate, c/.s-ocimene, Ac/a-eudesmol, Ac/a-selinene, alpha-trans-bexgavnotene, gamma- eudesmol, borneol, cis-beta-famesene, gamma-curcumene, cis-gamma-bisabolene, alpha- thujene, epi-alpha-bi sabol ol, ipsdienol, a/p/ra-ylangene, beta-elevnene, alpha-cis-bergavnotene, gamma-muurolene, alpha-cadinene, alpha-longipinene, and caryophyllene oxide.
[0058] Nitrogen-containing compounds have been isolated from a cannabis plant. Spermidine-type alkaloids that have been isolated from cannabis sativa may include cannabisativine and anhydrocannabisativine. Other nitrogen-containing compounds that have been isolated from a cannabis plant include, but is not limited to, n-/ra/7.s-feruloyityramine, n-p- coumaroyltyramine, w-traws-caffeoyltyramine, grossamide, cannabisin-A, cannabisin-B, cannabisin-C, and cannabisin-D.
[0059] Flavonoids are compounds that may be plant or fungus secondary metabolites. Generally, flavonoids have a C15 skeleton. Flavonoids have been identified in a cannabis plant, including apigenin, luteolin, kaempferol, quercetin, orientin, vitexin, cannflavin A, and cannflavin B.
[0060] Additional compounds that have been isolated from a cannabis plant include unsaturated fatty acids and noncannabinoid phenols, including, but not limited to, linoleic acid, alpha-linolenic acid, oleic acid, cannabi spiran, isocannabi spiran, cannabistilbene-I, cannabistilbene-II, cannithrene-1, and cannithrene-2.
Compositions
[0061] Therapeutic compositions of the present disclosure may comprise one or more compounds, e.g., one or more encapsulated psychedelic compounds, cannabinoid compounds, terpene compounds, etc. In some embodiments, the one or more compounds as disclosed herein may be encapsulated in a particle (e.g., a population of nanoparticle, microparticles, nanocapsules or microcapsules having an average diameter of less than or equal to about 1,000 micrometers) comprising the one or more compounds. The one or more compounds may be encapsulated in the particle, such that the one or more compounds are contained within the particle (e.g., within an inner portion of the particle, within one or more shells of the particle) or coupled to the surface (e.g., attached to a surface of the particle). Non-limiting examples of the particle may include an emulsion, a microparticle, a microcapsule, a nanoparticle, a nanocapsule, a colloid, colloid encapsulations, liposomes, etc.
[0062] Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition (e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition) in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of from about 50 to about 150 milligrams. Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present a composition in a quantity of at least about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present a composition in a quantity of about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. [0063] Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,
19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of from about 1 to about 10 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be present in a quantity of about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule). [0064] Cannabinoids can be present in a composition (e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition) in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Cannabinoids can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Cannabinoids can be present in a composition in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Cannabinoids can be present in a composition in a quantity of from about 50 to about 150 milligrams. Cannabinoids can be present a composition in a quantity of at least about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. Cannabinoids can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. Cannabinoids can be present a composition in a quantity of about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. [0065] Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of from about 1 to about 10 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated cannabinoids can be present in a quantity of about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
[0066] The compositions of the present disclosure can comprise one or more terpene compounds, including but not limited to terpenoids such as monoterpenoids, sesquiterpenoids, diterpenoids, and triterpenoids. Terpenes can be acyclic, monocyclic, or polycyclic. Terpenes can include but are not limited to myrcene, limonene, linalool, trans-ocimene, cis-ocimene, alpha-pinene, beta-pinene, alpha-humulene (alpha-caryophyllene), beta-caryophyllene, delta-3 - carene, trans-gamma-bisabolene, cis-gamma-bisabolene, trans-alpha-famesene, cis-beta- farnesene, beta-fenchol, beta-phellandrene, guajol, alpha-gualene, alpha-eudesmol, beta- eudesmol, gamma-eudesmol, terpinolene, alpha-selinene, beta-selinene, alpha-terpineol, fenchone, camphene, cis-sabinene hydrate, alpha-trans-bergamotene, alpha-cis-bergamotene, borneol, gamma-curcumene, alpha-thujene, epi-alpha-bisabolol, ipsdienol, alpha-yl angene, beta- elemene, gamma-muurolene, alpha-cadinene, alpha-longipinene, caryophyllene oxide, and combinations thereof.
[0067] Terpene compounds can be present in a composition (e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition) in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Terpene compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Terpene compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Terpene compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of from about 50 to about 150 milligrams. Terpene compounds can be present a composition in a quantity of at least about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. Terpene compounds can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. Terpene compounds can be present a composition in a quantity of about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. [0068] Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of from about 1 to about 10 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated terpene compounds can be present in a quantity of about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
[0069] The compositions of the present disclosure can comprise one or more essential oils or essential oil compounds. Essential oils can include, but are not limited to: Linalool; B- Caryophyllene; B-Myrcene; D-Limonene; Humulene; a-Pinene; Ylang Ylang (Cananga odorata); Yarrow (Achillea millefolium); Violet (Viola odorata); Vetiver (Vetiveria zizanoides); Vanilla (Vanilla plantifolia); Tuberose (Polianthes tuberosa); Thyme (Thymus vulgaris L.); Tea Tree (Melaleuca altemifolia); Tangerine (Citrus reticulata); Spruce, Black (Picea mariana); Spruce (Tsuga Canadensis); Spikenard (Nardostachys jatamansi); Spearmint (Mentha spicata); Sandalwood (Santalum spicatum); Rosewood (Aniba rosaeodora); Rosemary Verbenone (Rosmarinus officinalis); Rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis); Rose (Rosa damascena); Rose Geranium (Pelargonium roseum); Ravensara (Ravensara aromatica); Plai (Zingiber cassumunar) Pine Needle (Pinus sylvestris L.); Petitgrain (Citrus aurantium); Peppermint (Mentha piperita); Pepper, Black (Piper nigrum L.); Patchouli (Pogostemon cablin); Palo Santo (Bursera graveolens); Palmarosa (Cymbopogon martini); Osmanthus (Osmanthus fragrans); Oregano (Origanum vulgare); Orange, Sweet (Citrus sinensis); Oak Moss (Evernia prunastri); Nutmeg (Myristica fragrans) Niaouli (Melaleuca viridifloria); Neroli (aka Orange Blossom) (Citrus aurantium); Myrtle (Myrtus communis); Myrrh (Commiphora myrrha); Mimosa (Acacia decurrens); Melissa (Melissa officinalis L.); Marjoram, Sweet (Origanum majorana); Manuka (Leptospermum scoparium); Mandarin, Red (Citrus deliciosa); Mandarin (Citrus deliciosa); Lotus, White (Nelumbo nucifera); Lotus, Pink (Nelumbo nucifera); Lotus, Blue (Nelumbo nucifera); Lime (Citrus aurantifolia); Lily (Lilum aurantum); Lemongrass (Cymbopogon citratus); Lemon (Citrus limonum); Lavender (Lavandula angustifolium); Lavandin (Lavandula hybrida grosso); Kanuka (Kunzea ericoides); Juniper Berry (Juniperus cummunis); Jasmine (Jasminum officinale); Jasmine Abs (Jasminum sambac); Helichrysum (Helichrysum italicum); Grapefruit, White (Citrus x paradisi); Grapefruit, Pink (Citrus paradisi); Ginger (Zingiber officinalis); Geranium (Pelargonium graveolens); Geranium, Bourbon (Pelargonium graveolens, 'Herit); Gardenia (Gardenia jasminoides); Galbanum (Ferula galbaniflua); Frankincense (Boswellia carterii); Frangipani (Plumeria alba); Fir Needle White (Abies alba); Fir Needle Siberia (Abies siberica); Fir Needle Canada (Abies balsamea); Fennel, Sweet (Foeniculum vulgare); Eucalyptus Smithii. Eucalyptus Radiata, Eucalyptus Globulus, Eucalyptus Citriodora, Eucalyptus Blue Mallee (Eucalyptus polybractea); Elemi (Canarium luzonicum); Dill (Anethum graveolens); Cypress (Cupressus sempervirens); Cumin (Cuminum cyminum); Coriander (Coriandum sativum); Cocoa (Theobroma cacao); Clove (Eugenia caryophylatta); Clary Sage (Salvia sclarea); Cistus (aka Labdanum) ( Cistus ladaniferus L.); Cinnamon (Cinnamomum zeylanicum); Chamomile, Roman (Anthemis nobilis); Chamomile, Blue (Matricaria chamomilla); Celery Seed (Apium graveolins); Cedarwood, Western Red (Thuja plicata); Cedarwood, Blood (Juniperus virginiana); Cedarwood Atlas (Cedrus atlantica); Carrot Seed (Daucus carota); Cardamon (Elettaria cardam omum); Caraway Seed (Carum carvi); Cajeput (Melaleuca cajuputi); Cade (Juniperus oxycedrus); Birch, White (Betula alba); Birch, Sweet (Betula lenta); Bergamot (Citrus bergamia); Bay Laurel (Laurus nobilis); Basil (Ocimum basilicum); Basil, Holy (Ocimum sanctum); Basil (Ocimum basilicum); Balsam Poplar (Populus balsamifera); Balsam Peru (Myroxylon balsamum); Angelica (Angelica archangelica L.); and combinations thereof.
[0070] Essential oils can be present in a composition (e.g., a food or beverage product, any therapeutic composition) in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Essential oils can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Essential oils can be present in a composition in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Essential oils can be present in a composition in a quantity of from about 50 to about 150 milligrams. Essential oils can be present a composition in a quantity of at least about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. Essential oils can be present in a composition in a quantity of at most about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. Essential oils can be present a composition in a quantity of about 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of the product. [0071] Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of from about 1 to about 10 micrograms per particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of at least about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of at most about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule). Encapsulated essential oils can be present in a quantity of about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by weight of a particle (e.g., microcapsule).
[0072] The compositions described herein can provide several advantages, including but not limited to increased shelf stability, increased bioavailability, increased bioactivity, and delayed release. The compositions described herein, when administered to a subject, can have various release profiles, half-lives, and metabolic characteristics. The subject compositions can comprise a plurality of particles (e.g., microcapsules), wherein an individual particle in the plurality of particles is can be characterized by exhibiting at least one of: (a) a sigmoidal release profile of the encapsulated psychedelic compound; (b) a plasma half-life of the encapsulated psychedelic compound greater than twice that of a control psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form; (c) a first pass metabolism of the encapsulated psychedelic compound reduced by at least 50% compared to a control psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form; (d) a rate of excretion of the encapsulated psychedelic compound from a subject’s body reduced by at least 20% compared to a control psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form; or (e) a degradation rate at an ambient temperature of at least 20 °C of the encapsulated psychedelic compound of less than about 50% of a degradation rate of a control psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form. [0073] The compositions described herein can have a shelf half-life of at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 240, 270, 300, 330, or 360 days. In some cases, the compositions described herein can have a shelf half-life of at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 years. Compositions in encapsulated form (e.g., microencapsulated form) can be characterized by psychedelic compound degradation rate at an ambient temperature of at least 20 °C of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% less than the degradation rate of a control composition comprising the psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form.
[0074] Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be characterized by a plasma half-life in a subject of at least 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, or 5.0 times that of a non-encapsulated psychedelic compounds. Plasma half-life of a composition can be determined experimentally by administering the composition to a subject, taking plasma samples from a subject at multiple time points, and measuring the concentration of the compound or compounds of interest in those plasma samples. The concentration of the compound or compounds of interest will reach a peak value in the plasma, then fall as the compound or compounds are metabolized, degraded, or cleared from the blood stream. The plasma half-life is the time for the plasma concentration value to be halved.
[0075] The encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be sigmoidal (e.g., having an ‘S’ shape curve, such as a logistic function). The encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be non-sigmoidal. The encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be linear. The encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be non-linear. The encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be instant release. The encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be non-instant release. The encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be delayed release. The encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be constant or sustained release. The encapsulated psychedelic compounds release profile can be non-constant or non-sustained release.
[0076] In some cases, no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle (e.g., microcapsule) within 1 hour of administration to a subject. In some cases, no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 2 hours of administration to a subject. In some cases, no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 3 hours of administration to a subject. In some cases, no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 4 hours of administration to a subject. In some cases, no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 5 hours of administration to a subject. In some cases, no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 6 hours of administration to a subject. In some cases, no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 7 hours of administration to a subject. In some cases, no more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of encapsulated psychedelic compounds is released from a particle within 8 hours of administration to a subject.
[0077] A release profile is the relationship between time and the amount of a compound released into a subject or the concentration of the compound within the subject (e.g., within the plasma). Release profiles can be measured in a similar manner to plasma half-life. A composition can be administered to a subject, and samples (e.g., plasma samples or blood samples) can be taken from the subject at multiple time points. The concentration of the compound or compounds of interest can be measured in those samples, and a release profile can be plotted.
[0078] Compounds taken up into a subject via the gastrointestinal system can be transported to the liver before entering general circulation. Compounds susceptible to metabolic degradation in the liver can have their activities substantially reduced by the first-pass metabolism through the liver. Encapsulation (e.g., microencapsulation) of compounds can reduce first-pass metabolism of the compounds in the liver. Compositions in encapsulated form (e.g., microencapsulated form) can be characterized by a first pass psychedelic compound metabolism in a subject of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% less than that of psychedelic compounds in a non-encapsulated form. Compositions in encapsulated form (e.g., microencapsulated form) can be characterized by a psychedelic compound excretion rate from a subject of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% less than that of psychedelic compounds in a non-encapsulated form.
[0079] The compositions described herein, when administered to a subject, can have improved bioavailability, bioactivity, or both. Bioavailability is the fraction of an administered dosage of unchanged compound that reaches systemic circulation. Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be characterized by a bioavailability in a subject of at least 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5, or 10.0 times that of non-encapsulated psychedelic compounds.
Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be characterized by a bioavailability in a subject of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%,%, 98%, 99%, or 100%. Bioactivity, or biological activity, is the activity exerted by the active ingredient or ingredients in a composition. Encapsulated psychedelic compounds can be characterized by a bioactivity in a subject of at least 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5, or 10.0 times that of non-encapsulated psychedelic compounds.
[0080] Subjects of the present disclosure can include humans and other animals, such as pets (e.g., dogs, cats, birds, small mammals, snakes) and livestock or farm animals (e.g., cows, pigs, horses, sheep, chickens). Compositions of the present disclosure can be useful for veterinary applications.
[0081] The present disclosure provides a unit dose of a composition that may comprise an encapsulated psychedelic compound. The composition may comprise (e.g., in addition to the encapsulated psychedelic compound) one or more cannabinoids (e.g., carboxylated or decarboxylated). For example, the composition may comprise a mixture of carboxylated cannabinoids and decarboxylated cannabinoids and one or more terpenoids. The composition may comprise decarboxylated cannabinoids (e.g. A9 tetrahydrocannabinol) and carboxylated cannabinoids (e.g. tetrahydrocannabinolic acid).
[0082] A dose of the present disclosure, which can be a unit dose, can comprise more than about 1 milligram (mg), 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of an encapsulated psychedelic compound. A dose of a composition of the present disclosure, which can be a unit dose, can comprise about 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of an encapsulated psychedelic compound. A dose of a composition of the present disclosure, which can be a unit dose, can comprise less than about 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of an encapsulated psychedelic compound.
[0083] The composition may comprise a ratio of decarboxylated cannabinoids to carboxylated cannabinoids of at least about 0.01 : 1, 0.05: 1, 0.1 : 1, 0.5: 1, 1 : 1, 2: 1, 3: 1, 4: 1, 5: 1, 6: 1, 7:1, 8: 1, 9: 1, 10: 1, 20: 1, 30: 1, 40: 1, 50: 1, 60:1, 70: 1, 80: 1, 90: 1, 100: 1, or more. The ratio of decarboxylated cannabinoids to carboxylated cannabinoids may also be described as a single value of at least about 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or more. The ratio of decarboxylated cannabinoids to carboxylated cannabinoids in a composition of the current disclosure or a unit dose may be different than the ratio of the products isolated directly from a natural source. For example, a ratio of decarboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. A9 tetrahydrocannabinol) to carboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. tetrahydrocannabinolic acid) may be 0.05: 1 when isolated from a natural source, such as a cannabis plant. After undergoing a method described herein, the ratio of decarboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. A9 tetrahydrocannabinol) to carboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. tetrahydrocannabinolic acid) may be 1 : 1, 2: 1, 5: 1, or higher.
[0084] Any of the components described herein, including A9 tetrahydrocannabinol, may be used in a composition in free form, isolated form, purified from a natural source, and/or purified or prepared from a synthetic source. The natural source can be an animal source or plant source. The components can be pure to at least about 95, 97, 99, 99.5, 99.9, 99.99, or 99.999%.
[0085] A dose of the present disclosure, which can be a unit dose, can comprise more than about 1 milligram (mg), 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of a cannabinoid compound. A dose of a composition of the present disclosure, which can be a unit dose, can comprise about 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of a cannabinoid compound. A dose of a composition of the present disclosure, which can be a unit dose, can comprise less than about 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg, 15 mg, 16 mg, 17 mg, 18 mg, 19 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, or 100 mg of a cannabinoid compound.
[0086] A unit dose of A9 tetrahydrocannabinol can be at least about 10 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 350 mg, 400 mg, 450 mg, 500 mg, 550 mg, 600 mg, 650 mg, 700 mg, 750 mg, 800 mg, 850 mg, 900 mg, 950 mg, or 1000 mg. A unit dose of A9 tetrahydrocannabinol can be from about 1 mg to about 20 mg, from 3 mg to about 15, from 5 mg to about 10 mg. A dose of A9 tetrahydrocannabinol can comprise at least about 0.001 moles (mol) A9 tetrahydrocannabinol, 0.005 mol, 0.01 mol, 0.015 mol, 0.02 mol, 0.03 mol, 0.04 mol, 0.05 mol, 0.06 mol, 0.07 mol, 0.08 mol, 0.09 mol, 0.1 mol, 0.2 mol, 0.3 mol, 0.4 mol, 0.5 mol, or more.
[0087] A unit dose may comprise at least about 10 milligram (mg), 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 350 mg, 400 mg, 450 mg, 500 mg, 550 mg, 600 mg, 650 mg, 700 mg, 750 mg, 800 mg, 850 mg, 900 mg, 950 mg, or 1000 mg of tetrahydrocannabinolic acid.
[0088] A unit dose may comprise at least about 10 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 350 mg, 400 mg, 450 mg, 500 mg, 550 mg, 600 mg, 650 mg, 700 mg, 750 mg, 800 mg, 850 mg, 900 mg, 950 mg, or 1000 mg of a terpenoid.
[0089] A unit dose may be substantially free of a terpenoid degradation compound. A unit dose may comprise less than about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of a terpenoid degradation compound. A unit dose may comprise less than about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of multiple terpenoid degradation compounds. A unit dose may comprise less than about 10%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.1%, or 0.01% of a terpenoid degradation compound by weight. A unit dose may comprise less than about 10%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.1%, or 0.01% of a terpenoid degradation compound by volume. A unit dose may comprise at most about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of a terpenoid degradation compound.
[0090] A unit dose may be substantially free of an acid, wherein the acid may be used to convert a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid. A unit dose may comprise less than about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of an acid. A unit dose may comprise less than about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of multiple acids. A unit dose may comprise less than about 10%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.1%, or 0.01% of an acid by weight. A unit dose may comprise less than about 10%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.1%, or 0.01% of an acid by volume. A unit dose may comprise at most about 1000 mg, 900 mg, 800 mg, 700 mg, 600 mg, 500 mg, 400 mg, 300 mg, 200 mg, 100 mg, 50 mg, 40 mg, 30 mg, 20 mg, or 10 mg of an acid. [0091] A unit dose of a composition of the current disclosure can result in a blood concentration, blood plasma concentration, or blood content of a compound in the composition certain amount after a given period of time. A unit dose of a composition may result in a blood content that may be measure from a sample of blood, a sample of blood plasma, a urine sample, a saliva swab, the subject’s breath, or other samples of bodily fluids.
[0092] A unit dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the psychedelic compound of at least about 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 300, 400, 500 nanograms per milliliter (ng/mL) or greater. Alternatively, the unit dose of the encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the psychedelic compound of at most about 500, 400, 300, 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or 0.5 ng/mL. A unit dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the psychedelic compound of about at least about 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 ng/mL or higher. A unit dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the psychedelic compound from 10 to 200 ng/mL, from 50 to 190 ng/mL, or from 90 to 170 ng/mL. [0093] A daily dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the psychedelic compound of at least about 0.5 ng/mL, 0.75 ng/mL, 1 ng/mL, 1.25 ng/mL, 1.5 ng/mL, 1.75 ng/mL, 2 ng/mL, 2.5 ng/mL, 3 ng/mL, 4 ng/mL, 5 ng/mL, 10 ng/mL, 20 ng/mL, 30 ng/mL, 40 ng/mL, 50 ng/mL, 60 ng/mL, 70 ng/mL, 80 ng/mL, 90 ng/mL, 100 ng/mL, 110 ng/mL, 120 ng/mL, 130 ng/mL, 140 ng/mL, 150 ng/mL, 160 ng/mL, 170 ng/mL, 180 ng/mL, 190 ng/mL, 200 ng/mL, 300 ng/mL, 400 ng/mL, 500 ng/mL or higher. A unit dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound can result in a blood concentration of the encapsulated psychedelic compound from 10 to 200 ng/mL, from 50 to 190 ng/mL, or from 90 to 170 ng/mL.
[0094] The composition may be configured for or may provide a rapid uptake, delayed uptake, or both of one or more psychedelic compounds. Rapid absorption and uptake may be determined by time from administration of the compound to a subject until a detectable level of the psychedelic compound is present in the blood of a subject. A composition providing rapid uptake may provide a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject in less than or equal to about 5 minutes, 4 minutes, 3 minutes, 2 minutes, 1 minute, 30 seconds or less from administration of the composition. A composition providing rapid uptake may provide a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood stream of a subject from about 30 seconds to 1 minute, 30 seconds to 2 minutes, 30 seconds to 3 minutes, 30 seconds to 4 minutes, 30 seconds to 5 minutes, 1 minute to 2 minutes, 1 minute to 3 minutes, 1 minute to 4 minutes, 1 minute to 5 minutes, 2 minutes to 3 minutes, 2 minutes to 4 minutes, 2 minutes to 5 minutes, 3 minutes to 4 minutes, 3 minutes to 5 minutes, or 4 minutes to 5 minutes after administration of the compound. In an example, the composition provides for rapid uptake and absorption. In another example, the composition provides a detectable amount of a psychedelic in the blood stream of a subject in less than about 5 minutes after administration of the composition. In another example, the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject in less than or equal to about 3 minutes after administration of the composition. In another example, the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood stream of a subject in less than or equal to about 1 minute after administration of the composition. In another example, the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood stream of a subject in less than or equal to about 30 seconds after administration of the composition.
[0095] A composition providing delayed uptake and absorption of a psychedelic compound may provide a detectable level of the psychedelic compound to the blood of a subject in a time of greater than or equal to about 5 minutes, 6 minutes, 7 minutes, 10 minutes, 12 minutes, 15 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, or longer after administration of the composition. A composition providing delayed absorption may provide a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject from about 5 minutes to 6 minutes, 5 minutes to 7 minutes, 5 minutes to 10 minutes, 5 minutes to 12 minutes, 5 minutes to 15 minutes, 5 minutes to 20 minutes, 5 minutes to 30 minutes, 6 minutes to 7 minutes, 6 minutes to 10 minutes, 6 minutes to 12 minutes, 6 minutes to 15 minutes, 6 minutes to 20 minutes, 6 minutes to 30 minutes, 7 minutes to 10 minutes, 7 minutes to 12 minutes, 7 minutes to 15 minutes, 7 minutes to 20 minutes, 7 minutes to 30 minutes, 10 minutes to 12 minutes, 10 minutes to 15 minutes, 10 minutes to 20 minutes, 10 minutes to 30 minutes, 12 minutes to 15 minutes, 12 minutes to 20 minutes, 12 minutes to 30 minutes, 15 minutes to 20 minutes, 15 minutes to 30 minutes, or 20 minutes to 30 minutes after administration of the composition. In an example, the composition provides for delayed uptake of a psychedelic compound. In another example, the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject in a time of greater than or equal to about 5 minutes after administration of the composition. In another example, the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject in greater than or equal to about 10 minutes after administration of the composition. In another example, the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject in greater than or equal to about 15 minute after administration of the composition. In another example, the composition provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood of a subject from about 10 minutes to about 30 minutes after administration of the composition. [0096] Blood levels of a psychedelic compound may peak about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, or 20 minutes after the first dose of an encapsulated psychedelic compound. Blood levels of a psychedelic compound may remain detectable for about 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 8 hours, 10 hours, 12 hours, 18 hours, 24 hours, or 36 hours after the last dose of the encapsulated psychedelic compound.
[0097] A unit dose of a cannabinoid can result in a blood concentration of the cannabinoid of at least about 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 300, 400, 500 nanograms per milliliter (ng/mL) or greater. Alternatively, the unit dose of the cannabinoid can result in a blood concentration of the cannabinoid of at most about 500, 400, 300, 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or 0.5 ng/mL. A unit dose of a cannabinoid can result in a blood concentration of the cannabinoid of about at least about 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 ng/mL or higher. A unit dose of a cannabinoid can result in a blood concentration of the cannabinoid from 10 to 200 ng/mL, from 50 to 190 ng/mL, or from 90 to 170 ng/mL.
[0098] A daily dose of a cannabinoid can result in a blood concentration of the cannabinoid of at least about 0.5 ng/mL, 0.75 ng/mL, 1 ng/mL, 1.25 ng/mL, 1.5 ng/mL, 1.75 ng/mL, 2 ng/mL, 2.5 ng/mL, 3 ng/mL, 4 ng/mL, 5 ng/mL, 10 ng/mL, 20 ng/mL, 30 ng/mL, 40 ng/mL, 50 ng/mL, 60 ng/mL, 70 ng/mL, 80 ng/mL, 90 ng/mL, 100 ng/mL, 110 ng/mL, 120 ng/mL, 130 ng/mL, 140 ng/mL, 150 ng/mL, 160 ng/mL, 170 ng/mL, 180 ng/mL, 190 ng/mL, 200 ng/mL, 300 ng/mL, 400 ng/mL, 500 ng/mL or higher. A unit dose of a cannabinoid can result in a blood concentration of the cannabinoid from 10 to 200 ng/mL, from 50 to 190 ng/mL, or from 90 to 170 ng/mL.
[0099] Blood levels of a cannabinoid may peak about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, or 20 minutes after the first dose of a cannabinoid. Blood levels of a cannabinoid may remain detectable for about 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 8 hours, 10 hours, 12 hours, 18 hours, 24 hours, or 36 hours after the last dose of the cannabinoid.
[00100] A composition of the current disclosure may be used in a combination therapy. A combination therapy may be administered by a combination treatment regimen. A combination treatment regimen may encompass treatment regimens in which administration of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is initiated prior to, during, or after treatment with a second agent, and may continue until any time during treatment with the second agent or after termination of treatment with the second agent. The second agent being used in combination may be administered simultaneously or at different times and/or at decreasing or increasing intervals during the treatment period than the first agent.
[00101] A composition of the current disclosure may comprise two or more compounds. A composition may comprise two or more compounds of the current disclosure.
[00102] A composition of the current disclosure may be used in conjunction with an opioid. The opioid may act on an opioid receptor after administration to a subject. The combination of a composition of the current disclosure and an opioid may have a synergistic effect on a subject. The combination therapy may impart fewer and lessen the severity of side effects observed compared to when a compound or composition is administered as a single agent.
[00103] A composition of the current disclosure may be used in conjunction with a chemotherapy agent (e.g., paclitaxel, docetaxel, doxorubicin, bortezomib, gemcitabine, or cisplatin) or chemotherapy treatment. The chemotherapy agent or treatment may be radiation, hormonal therapy, targeted therapy, or a cytotoxic agent. When used in conjunction with chemotherapy treatment, the composition and chemotherapy treatment may exhibit synergistic effects.
[00104] A combination composition can be formulated to achieve a given, desired or predetermined molar ratio or mass ratio between two or more compounds of the composition. The molar ratio can be adjusted to account for the bioavailability, the uptake, and the metabolic processing of the one or more components of a combination composition. For example, if the bioavailability of a component is low, then the molar amount of a that component can be increased relative to other components in the combination composition. The circulating molar or mass ratio may be achieved within about 0.1, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 3, 5, or 10, 12, 24, or 48 hours after administration. The circulating molar or mass ratio can be maintained for a time period of about or greater than about 0.1, 1, 2, 5, 10, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 72, or 96 hours.
Dosing forms
[00105] The compositions described herein can be compounded into a variety of different dosage forms. It can be in an oral dosage form. The composition may be used orally, such as, for example, in the form of a tablet, a capsule, a pill, a granule, an emulsion, a gel, a plurality of beads encapsulated in a capsule, a powder, a suspension, a liquid, a semi-liquid, a semi-solid, a syrup, a slurry, a chewable form, caplets, soft gelatin capsules, lozenges or solution. Alternatively, a composition can be formulated for inhalation or for intravenous delivery. The compositions can also be formulated as a nasal spray or for injection when in solution form. Alternatively, the composition can be a liquid composition suitable for oral consumption. [00106] A composition may also be formulated onto a solid or semi-solid support. The composition may be formulated on or in a polymeric material (e.g., silicone) and can be used as an injectable polymeric material (e.g., silicone) to prevent blood loss during traumatic injury or surgery. The polymeric material may be a biopolymer. The biopolymer may biodegradable or absorbable into the subject over a period of time.
[00107] The polymeric material may facilitate wound repair, assist in a decrease in perceived pain by the subject, exhibit antimicrobial properties, such as slowing the growth of microorganisms, or facilitate overall homeostatic balance in or around the wound or in the subject as a whole. The polymeric material may decrease shock, trauma, or oxidative stress to the area of or around the wound or in subject overall. The polymeric material may also be used as a vehicle for delivering therapeutic material. In some cases, a composition of the current disclosure and a second therapeutic material may be formulated onto a polymeric material that is use before, during, or after a surgical procedure or trauma.
[00108] The composition may be formulated for use during and after a surgical procedure, such as onto a medical device. The medical device may be a suture, a plug, thread, an implant, or a prosthetic. The composition may be formulated onto a material that is biodegradable or absorbable and may degrade within the body after at least about 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 7 days, 1 month, 2 months, or more. Alternatively, the medical device (e.g. suture or plug) may be non- biodegradable or non-absorbable. The composition may facilitate a slow-release of compounds of the composition, which may be desired. The compositions can be formulated onto a medical device that is implanted into a subject during surgery, and may release one or more components over a time period of 1, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 36, 48 or more hours.
[00109] A composition described herein may be used to enhance the success or results of an implant or prosthetic procedure. For example, a composition may be administered before, during, or after an implant procedure. Implants may be used to replace a missing biological structure, support damaged structure, or enhance existing structure. In some embodiments, an implant may be subdermal. In some embodiments, an implant may be transdermal. Implants may include, for example, cardiovascular implants, orthopedic implants, contraception implants, cosmetic implants, prosthetic limbs, and ocular implants. In some cases, an implant may be a neural lace, and may be implanted into the head cavity, and may be in or near the brain. In some cases, a composition described herein may provide benefits for neuroplasticity and may positively alter the ability of the brain to change over time. Compositions formulated for inhalation can be packaged in an inhaler or nebulizer. An inhaler can be designed to dispense 0.25, 0.5, or 1 unit dose per inhalation. An inhaler can have a canister that holds the subject composition formulated for inhalation, a metering valve that allows for a metered quantity of the formulation to be dispensed with each actuation, and an actuator or mouthpiece that allows for the device to be operated and direct the subject composition into the subject’s lungs. The formulated composition can include a liquefied gas propellant and possibly stabilizing excipients. The actuator can have a mating discharge nozzle that connects to the canister and a dust cap to prevent contamination of the actuator. Upon actuation, the subject composition can be volatized, which results in the formation of droplets of the subject composition. The droplets can rapidly evaporate resulting in micrometer-sized particles that may be then inhaled by the subject.
[00110] Compositions of the present disclosure suitable for administration (e.g., oral, intravenous, or intramuscular administration) can be in the form of capsules, cachets, tablets, aerosol sprays, powders, granules, gels, syrups, slurries, wafers, lozenge, aqueous compositions, liquid compositions, suspensions in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, oil-in-water emulsions, water-in-oil liquid emulsions, colloids, colloid encapsulations (e.g., a single or multi-layer(s) colloid encapsulation), liposomes, colloidosomes, etc. In some cases, oral administration of a colloid encapsulation (e.g., a single layer colloid encapsulation) comprising any of the compositions disclosed herein may enable rapid onset, rapid uptake, and/or enhanced bioavailability, thereby providing an easier administration for subjects in need thereof (e.g., patients) route than other methods. In some cases, oral administration of a lozenge or wafer comprising any of the compositions disclosed herein may enable rapid onset, rapid uptake, and/or enhanced bioavailability in a subject in need thereof. In some examples, the lozenge or wafer may comprise colloid encapsulation (e.g., monolayer colloid encapsulation). Any of the compositions disclosed herein can be contained or coupled to a carrier (e.g., a housing), such as a patch (e.g., a transdermal patch configured to release compositions, such as emulsions, single layer colloids, bilayer liposomes, etc.).
[00111] Compositions of the present disclosure suitable for oral administration can be presented as discrete dosage forms, such as capsules, cachets, or tablets, or liquids or aerosol sprays each containing a predetermined amount of an active ingredient as a powder or in granules, a solution, or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, an oil-in-water emulsion, or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion, including liquid dosage forms (e.g., a suspension or slurry), and oral solid dosage forms (e.g., a tablet or bulk powder). Oral dosage forms can be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, emulsions, lipophilic and hydrophilic suspensions, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, for oral ingestion by an individual, patient, or subject to be treated. Such dosage forms can be prepared by any of the methods of formulation. For example, the active ingredients can be brought into association with a carrier, which constitutes one or more necessary ingredients. Capsules suitable for oral administration include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, in some cases, stabilizers. The composition for oral use may be obtained by mixing a composition comprising a solid excipient, in some cases grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Excipients may be fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). Compositions that are prepared may be prepared uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired presentation. For example, a tablet can be prepared by compression or molding, in some cases with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form, such as powder or granules, in some cases mixed with an excipient such as, but not limited to, a binder, a lubricant, an inert diluent, and/or a surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. [00112] The liquid forms, in which the formulations disclosed herein can be incorporated for administration orally or by injection, include aqueous solution, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles. Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions include synthetic natural gums, such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone or gelatin.
[00113] Liquid preparations for oral administration can take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they can be presented as a dry product for reconstitution with water or other suitable vehicles before use. Such liquid preparations can be prepared by conventional approaches with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters or ethyl alcohol); preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid); and artificial or natural colors and/or sweeteners.
[00114] This disclosure further encompasses anhydrous compositions and dosage forms comprising an active ingredient, since water can facilitate the degradation of some compounds. For example, water can be added (e.g., 5%) to simulate long-term storage in order to determine characteristics such as shelf-life or the stability of formulations over time. Anhydrous compositions and dosage forms of the present disclosure can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions. Compositions and dosage forms of the present disclosure which contain lactose can be made anhydrous if substantial contact with moisture and/or humidity during manufacturing, packaging, and/or storage is expected. An anhydrous composition can be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Accordingly, anhydrous compositions can be packaged using materials that prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastic, unit dose containers, blister packs, and strip packs.
[00115] An ingredient described herein can be combined in an intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques. The carrier can take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration. In preparing the compositions for an oral dosage form, pharmaceutical media can be employed as carriers, such as, for example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents, in the case of oral liquid preparations (such as suspensions, solutions, and elixirs) or aerosols; or carriers such as starches, sugars, micro-crystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents can be used in the case of oral solid preparations, with or without employing the use of lactose. For example, suitable carriers include powders, capsules, and tablets, with the solid oral preparations. If desired, tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques.
[00116] Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
[00117] Binders suitable for use in dosage forms include, but are not limited to, corn starch, potato starch, or other starches, gelatin, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, pre-gelatinized starch, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, and mixtures thereof.
[00118] Lubricants which can be used to form compositions and dosage forms of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene glycol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil), zinc stearate, ethyl oleate, ethylaureate, agar, or mixtures thereof. Additional lubricants include, for example, a syloid silica gel, a coagulated aerosol of synthetic silica, or mixtures thereof. A lubricant may be added, such as, for example, in an amount of less than about 1 weight percent of the composition.
[00119] Lubricants can be also be used in conjunction with tissue barriers which include, but are not limited to, polysaccharides, polyglycans, seprafilm, interceed and hyaluronic acid. [00120] Disintegrants can be used in the compositions of the present disclosure to provide tablets that disintegrate when exposed to an aqueous environment. Too much of a disintegrant can produce tablets which can disintegrate in the bottle. Too little can be insufficient for disintegration to occur and can thus alter the rate and extent of release of the active ingredient(s) from the dosage form. Thus, a sufficient amount of disintegrant that is neither too little nor too much to detrimentally alter the release of the active ingredient(s) can be used to form the dosage forms of the compounds disclosed herein. The amount of disintegrant used can vary based upon the type of formulation and mode of administration, and can be readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. About 0.5 to about 15 weight percent of disintegrant, or about 1 to about 5 weight percent of disintegrant, can be used in the pharmaceutical composition. Disintegrants that can be used to form compositions and dosage forms of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, agar-agar, alginic acid, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polacrilin potassium, sodium starch glycolate, potato or tapioca starch, other starches, pre-gelatinized starch, other starches, clays, other algins, other celluloses, gums or mixtures thereof.
[00121] Examples of suitable fillers for use in the compositions and dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate (e.g., granules or powder), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre-gelatinized starch, and mixtures thereof.
[00122] In some cases, aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs may be desired for oral administration. In such cases, the active ingredient therein may be combined with various sweetening or flavoring agents, coloring matter or dyes and, if desired, emulsifying and/or suspending agents, together with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol, glycerin or various combinations thereof.
[00123] The tablets can be uncoated or coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed. Formulations for oral use can also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
[00124] In one embodiment, the composition can include a solubilizer to ensure good solubilization and/or dissolution of the compound of the present disclosure and to minimize precipitation of the compound of the present disclosure. This can be especially important for compositions for non-oral use, e.g., compositions for injection. A solubilizer can also be added to increase the solubility of the hydrophilic drug and/or other components, such as surfactants, or to maintain the composition as a stable or homogeneous solution or dispersion.
[00125] The composition can further include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable additives or pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. Such additives and excipients include, without limitation, detackifiers, anti-foaming agents, buffering agents, polymers, antioxidants, preservatives, chelating agents, viscomodulators, tonicifiers, flavorants, colorants, odorants, opacifiers, suspending agents, binders, fillers, plasticizers, lubricants, and mixtures thereof. A non-exhaustive list of examples of excipients includes monoglycerides, magnesium stearate, modified food starch, gelatin, microcrystalline cellulose, glycerin, stearic acid, silica, yellow beeswax, lecithin, hydroxypropylcellulose, croscarmellose sodium, and crospovidone.
[00126] In some embodiments, a compound or composition described herein may be formulated or administered in combination with another active ingredient or ingredients. In some cases, a cannabinoid composition may be administered with psychedelic compounds for therapeutic enhancement. The therapeutic enhancement may be via optimization of the endocannabinoid system, neuroplasticity, neural trimming, anti-psychotic effects, anxiety effects, enhanced neurogenesis, or a combination thereof.
[00127] In some cases, a cannabinoid composition as described herein may be used in combination with psychedelic compounds, such as 3, 4-methylenedi oxymethamphetamine (MDMA), psilocybin, lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD). In some cases, a cannabinoid composition may be used in combination with psychedelic assisted therapeutic programs, and may assist in overall efficacy. [00128] The compositions described herein can also be formulated as extended-release, slow- release, sustained-release or time-release such that one or more components are released over time. Compositions of the present disclosure may have half-lives of at least about 1 minute, 10 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hours, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, or more. Delayed release can be achieved by formulating the one or more components in a matrix of a variety of materials or by microencapsulation (e.g., microencapsulation in a material that has a predetermined rate of degradation, or a material with pores with pore sizes that permit controllable release). The compositions can be formulated to release one or more components over a time period of 1, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 36, or 48 hours. The release of the one or more components can be at a constant or changing rate. In an example, the composition may include one or more polymers and a psychedelic compound. The one or more polymers may provide for extended- or sustained- release of the psychedelic compound. In another example, the composition may include one or more polymers for extended- or sustained release of a water soluble psychedelic compound (e.g., LSD). In another example, the composition may include one or more polymers for extended- or sustained- release of a fat soluble psychedelic compound (e.g., DMT). In another example, the composition may include one or more polymers for extended- or sustained-release of both a water soluble psychedelic compound and a fat soluble psychedelic compound.
[00129] The composition described herein may be configured to provide or may provide for both rapid uptake and delayed uptake of a psychedelic compound. A composition may provide both rapid uptake and delayed uptake of one or more psychedelics. In an example, the composition provides rapid uptake (e.g., provides a detectable level of a psychedelic to the blood stream of a subject in less than about 5 minutes after administration of the composition to the subject) and delayed uptake (e.g., a detectable level of a psychedelic compound to the blood stream of a subject from about 5 minutes to 20 minutes after administration of the composition). The composition may include a single psychedelic compound or multiple psychedelic compounds. In an example, the composition includes a single psychedelic compound that is provided in a rapid uptake form and a delayed uptake form. In another example, the composition may include a first psychedelic composition that is configured to be delivered or is delivered in a rapid uptake form and a second psychedelic composition that is configured to be delivered or is delivered in a delayed uptake form.
[00130] The rapid uptake form of the psychedelic may include a rapid uptake component which may permit rapid absorption of the psychedelic compound and delivery to the blood stream of a subject. The psychedelic compound may or may not be water soluble and the water soluble component may increase or provide for the psychedelic compound to be water soluble. In an example, the psychedelic compound may be water soluble and may have a water solubility of greater than or equal to 1 gram per 100 mL (g/100 mL). The psychedelic compound may have low water solubility or may not be water soluble and the water solubility of the psychedelic compound may be less than or equal to 1 g/100 mL, 0.5 g/100 mL, 0.1 g/ 100 mL, 0.01 g/100 mL, or less. The rapid uptake component may be a polymer, microparticle, nanoparticle, surfactant, or other structure or material that may provide or enhance the water solubility of the psychedelic compound. In an example, the rapid uptake component may encapsulate the psychedelic compound to provide for rapid absorption and uptake of the psychedelic compound. The rapid uptake component may be a nanoparticle that encapsulates the psychedelic compound. The nanoparticle, microparticle, polymer, or other structure may be as described elsewhere herein. In an example, the rapid uptake component may permit the psychedelic compound to bypass first pass digestion for increased uptake rate as compared to the psychedelic without the rapid uptake component.
[00131] The delayed uptake form may include a delayed uptake component which may permit delayed absorption of the psychedelic compound and delayed delivery of the psychedelic compound to the blood of a subject. The psychedelic compound may or may not be fat soluble and the delayed uptake component may increase or provide for the psychedelic compound to be fat soluble. The psychedelic may not be fat soluble and may be water soluble. The water solubility of the psychedelic compound may be greater than or equal to 1 g/100 mL, 2 g/100 mL, 3 g/ 100 mL, 5 g/100 mL, 10 g/ 100 mL or more. The psychedelic may be partially water soluble and may have a water solubility of greater than or equal to 0.1 g/100 mL, 0.2 g/100 mL, 0.3 g/100 mL, 0.5 g/100 mL, or more. The psychedelic may be partially water soluble and may have a water solubility from about 0.1 g/ 100 mL to 1 g/100 mL. The delayed uptake component may be a polymer, nanoparticle, liposome, surfactant, or other structure or material that may provide or enhance the fat solubility of the psychedelic compound. In an example, the delayed uptake component may encapsulate the psychedelic compound to provide for delayed absorption and uptake of the psychedelic compound. The delayed uptake component may be a liposome that encapsulates the psychedelic compound. The liposome, polymer, nanoparticle, surfactant, or other structure or material may be as described elsewhere herein. The delayed uptake component may provide for extended systemic release of the psychedelic compound.
[00132] In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising an emulsion (e.g., oil-in-water emulsion, water-in-oil emulsion). The emulsion may comprise an encapsulated psychedelic compound. The emulsion may comprise a plurality of droplets, and a droplet of the plurality of droplets may comprise said encapsulated psychedelic compound. The composition may comprise one or more components as provided in the present disclosure. In some cases, the composition may comprise at least one therapeutic compound, e.g., at least one cannabinoid compound and/or at least one terpene compound as disclosed herein. The encapsulated psychedelic compound and the at least one therapeutic compound may be different. For example, the droplet of the composition may further comprise any of the cannabinoid compounds provided herein. Alternatively or in addition to, at least one psychedelic compound and at least one therapeutic compound may be encapsulated in separate droplets of the composition. The separate droplets may have the same size or different sizes. In some cases, at least one psychedelic compound and at least one therapeutic compound may be in the same phase (e.g., an oil phase) of the emulsion of the composition. In some cases, at least one psychedelic compound and at least one therapeutic compound may be in different phases of the emulsion of the composition. In an example, the at least one psychedelic compound may be in an aqueous phase and the at least one therapeutic compound may be in an oil phase. In an example, the composition may include psilocybin or psilocin and an encapsulated cannabinoid. [00133] Examples of the at least one therapeutic compound may include, but are not limited to, a nucleic acid, a polynucleotide, an amino acid, a polypeptide, a lipid, a carbohydrate, a small molecule (e.g., at least one cannabinoid compound as disclosed herein), an enzyme, a ribosome, a proteasome, an antibody, a variant thereof, or any combination thereof.
[00134] A therapeutic composition may comprise a plurality of therapeutic doses. The plurality of therapeutic doses may be administered to a subject in need thereof via the same route (e.g., via oral administration). Alternatively or in addition to, the plurality of therapeutic doses may be administered to the subject in need thereof via different routes (e.g., a first therapeutic dose via oral administration and a second therapeutic dose via nebulization, intravenous administration, or intramuscular administration). The plurality of therapeutic doses may be administered to the subject at the same time. Alternatively or in addition to, the plurality of therapeutic doses may be administered to the subject at different times. In some cases, the first therapeutic dose may comprise the encapsulated psychedelic compound as disclosed herein, while the second therapeutic dose may comprise the at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., cannabinoid(s)) as disclosed herein. The first therapeutic dose may be administered to the subject prior to, concurrently with (or substantially at the same time), or subsequent to administration of the second therapeutic dose to the subject. The therapeutic may enhance, maintain, or reduce an affect of the psychedelic compound. In an example, the therapeutic reduces or stops an effect of the psychedelic compound. In an example, the therapeutic is a cannabinoid and reduces of stops an effect of the psychedelic compound.
[00135] In some cases, the therapeutic composition as disclosed herein can comprise a first plurality of microcapsules (FM) comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound and a second plurality of microcapsules (SM) comprising the at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., cannabinoid(s)) in a weight ratio (FM:SM) of at least about 100: 1, at least about 100:2, at least about 100:3, at least about 100:4, at least about 100:5, at least about 100:6, at least about 100:7, at least about 100:8, at least about 100:9, at least about 100: 10, at least about 100:20, at least about 100:30, at least about 100:40, at least about 100:50, at least about 100:60, at least about 100:70, at least about 100:80, at least about 100:90, at least about 100: 100, at least about 90: 100, at least about 80:100, at least about 70: 100, at least about 60: 100, at least about 50: 100, at least about 40: 100, at least about 30: 100, at least about 20: 100, at least about 10: 100, at least about 9: 100, at least about 8: 100, at least about 7: 100, at least about 6: 100, at least about 5: 100, at least about 4: 100, at least about 3 : 100, at least about 2: 100, or at least about 1. The weight ratio (FM:SM) can be at most about 100: 1, at most about 100:2, at most about 100:3, at most about 100:4, at most about 100:5, at most about 100:6, at most about 100:7, at most about 100:8, at most about 100:9, at most about 100: 10, at most about 100:20, at most about 100:30, at most about 100:40, at most about 100:50, at most about 100:60, at most about 100:70, at most about 100:80, at most about 100:90, at most about 100: 100, at most about 90: 100, at most about 80: 100, at most about 70:100, at most about 60: 100, at most about 50: 100, at most about 40: 100, at most about 30: 100, at most about 20: 100, at most about 10: 100, at most about 9: 100, at most about 8: 100, at most about 7: 100, at most about 6:100, at most about 5: 100, at most about 4: 100, at most about 3 : 100, at most about 2: 100, or at most about 1.
[00136] In some cases, the therapeutic composition as disclosed herein can comprise a first plurality of microcapsules (FM) comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound and a second plurality of microcapsules (SM) comprising the at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., cannabinoid(s)) in a volume ratio (FM:SM) of at least about 100: 1, at least about 100:2, at least about 100:3, at least about 100:4, at least about 100:5, at least about 100:6, at least about 100:7, at least about 100:8, at least about 100:9, at least about 100: 10, at least about 100:20, at least about 100:30, at least about 100:40, at least about 100:50, at least about 100:60, at least about 100:70, at least about 100:80, at least about 100:90, at least about 100: 100, at least about 90: 100, at least about 80:100, at least about 70: 100, at least about 60: 100, at least about 50: 100, at least about 40: 100, at least about 30: 100, at least about 20: 100, at least about 10: 100, at least about 9: 100, at least about 8: 100, at least about 7: 100, at least about 6: 100, at least about 5: 100, at least about 4: 100, at least about 3 : 100, at least about 2: 100, or at least about 1. The volume ratio (FM:SM) can be at most about 100: 1, at most about 100:2, at most about 100:3, at most about 100:4, at most about 100:5, at most about 100:6, at most about 100:7, at most about 100:8, at most about 100:9, at most about 100: 10, at most about 100:20, at most about 100:30, at most about 100:40, at most about 100:50, at most about 100:60, at most about 100:70, at most about 100:80, at most about 100:90, at most about 100: 100, at most about 90: 100, at most about 80: 100, at most about 70:100, at most about 60: 100, at most about 50: 100, at most about 40: 100, at most about 30: 100, at most about 20: 100, at most about 10: 100, at most about 9: 100, at most about 8: 100, at most about 7: 100, at most about 6:100, at most about 5: 100, at most about 4: 100, at most about 3 : 100, at most about 2: 100, or at most about 1.
[00137] The therapeutic composition as disclosed herein can comprise the encapsulated psychedelic compound (PC) and the at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., cannabinoid(s)) (TC) in a weight ratio (PC:TC) of at least about 100: 1, at least about 100:2, at least about 100:3, at least about 100:4, at least about 100:5, at least about 100:6, at least about 100:7, at least about 100:8, at least about 100:9, at least about 100: 10, at least about 100:20, at least about 100:30, at least about 100:40, at least about 100:50, at least about 100:60, at least about 100:70, at least about 100:80, at least about 100:90, at least about 100: 100, at least about 90: 100, at least about 80: 100, at least about 70: 100, at least about 60: 100, at least about 50: 100, at least about 40: 100, at least about 30:100, at least about 20: 100, at least about 10: 100, at least about 9: 100, at least about 8: 100, at least about 7: 100, at least about 6: 100, at least about 5: 100, at least about 4: 100, at least about 3 : 100, at least about 2: 100, or at least about 1. The weight ratio (PC:TC) can be at most about 100: 1, at most about 100:2, at most about 100:3, at most about 100:4, at most about 100:5, at most about 100:6, at most about 100:7, at most about 100:8, at most about 100:9, at most about 100: 10, at most about 100:20, at most about 100:30, at most about 100:40, at most about 100:50, at most about 100:60, at most about 100:70, at most about 100:80, at most about 100:90, at most about 100: 100, at most about 90: 100, at most about 80: 100, at most about 70: 100, at most about 60:100, at most about 50: 100, at most about 40: 100, at most about 30: 100, at most about 20: 100, at most about 10: 100, at most about 9: 100, at most about 8: 100, at most about 7: 100, at most about 6: 100, at most about 5:100, at most about 4: 100, at most about 3: 100, at most about 2: 100, or at most about 1.
[00138] A psychedelic compound may be a natural compound or a modification thereof. Alternatively, a psychedelic compound may be a synthetic compound. A psychedelic compound may comprise one or more of: tryptamine, phenethylamine, lysergamide, a prodrug thereof, or a modification thereof. A psychedelic compound may comprise one or more of: harmala alkaloid, harmaline, diemethyltryptamine (DMT), 5-methoxy-N,N-dimethyltryptamine (5ME0-DMT), psilocybin, psilocin, 2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine (DOI), dimethoxybromoamphetamine (DOB), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-ethylamphetamine (DOE), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine (DOM), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-nitroamphetamine (DON), 2-(4-Iodo-2, 5 -dimeth oxyphenyl)ethan-l - amine (2CI), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-bromophenethylamin (2C-B), trimethoxy amphetamine (TMA), 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenethylamine (Mescaline), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-trifhioromethylamphetamine (DOTFM), and (R)-alpha-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[l,2-b:4,5- b']difuran-4-ethanamine (TFMFly), olysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), lysergic acid amide (LSA), dimethyllysergamide (DAM), lysergic acid ethylamide (LAE), lysergic acid 2-butyl amide (LSB), lysergic acid 3-pentyl amide (LSP), ergometrine, ergotamine, methergine, methysergide, amesergide, cabergoline, LY-215840, methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA), methylenedioxypyrovalerone (MDPV), benzoylmethylecgonine (cocaine), ibogaine, ketamine, a prodrug thereof, or a modification thereof. For example, a composition comprising ketamine, as disclosed herein, may be usable for administration via nasal spray or intravenous injection, to enhance its effect as compared to oral administration.
[00139] A psychedelic compound may be configured to bind one or more receptors of: dopamine receptor, serotonin receptor, trace amine-associated receptor (TAAR), opioid receptor, and a modifications thereof. Non-limiting examples of the psychedelic compound may include dopamine D2 receptor, dopamine D3 receptor, dopamine D4 receptor, 5-hydroxytryptamine 2 A (5-HT2A) receptor, 5-HT2B receptor, 5-HT2C receptor, 5-HT3 receptor, 5-HT4 receptor, TAAR1, K-opioid receptor, p-opioid receptor, and modifications thereof. The psychedelic compound may be an agonist of any of the receptors disclosed herein.
[00140] Any composition comprising an encapsulated psychedelic compound may further comprise at least one terpene compound, as provided in the present disclosure.
[00141] Droplets (i.e., microcapsules) can be characterized by a size (e.g., a diameter). The droplet size can be about 0.001, 0.002, 0.003, 0.004, 0.005, 0.006, 0.007, 0.008, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.15, 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.35, 0.4, 0.45, 0.5, 0.55, 0.6, 0.65, 0.7, 0.75, 0.8, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9,
9.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 micrometers. The droplet size can be less than or equal to about 0.001, 0.002, 0.003, 0.004, 0.005, 0.006, 0.007, 0.008, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.15, 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.35, 0.4, 0.45, 0.5, 0.55, 0.6, 0.65, 0.7, 0.75, 0.8, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 micrometers. The droplet size can be greater than or equal to about 0.001, 0.002, 0.003, 0.004, 0.005, 0.006, 0.007, 0.008, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.15, 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.35, 0.4, 0.45, 0.5, 0.55, 0.6, 0.65, 0.7, 0.75, 0.8, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3,
3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 micrometers. The droplet size can be from about 0.1 to about 0.2 micrometers. The droplet size can be from about 0.05 to about 0.25 micrometers. The droplet size can be from about 0.05 to about 0.55 micrometers. The droplet size can be from about 0.05 to about 1 micrometers. The size distribution in a population of droplets can be homogeneous or substantially homogeneous. For example, a population of droplets can be characterized by dispersity, or poly dispersity index (PDI), of less than or equal to about 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4.9, 4.8, 4.7, 4.6, 4.5, 4.4, 4.3, 4.2, 4.1, 4.0, 3.9, 3.8, 3.7, 3.6, 3.5, 3.4, 3.3, 3.2, 3.1, 3.0, 2.9, 2.8, 2.7, 2.6, 2.5, 2.4, 2.3, 2.2, 2.1, 2.0, 1.9, 1.8, 1.7, 1.6, 1.5, 1.45, 1.40, 1.35, 1.30, 1.25, 1.20, 1.15, 1.14, 1.13, 1.12, 1.11, 1.10, 1.09, 1.08, 1.07, 1.06, 1.05, 1.04, 1.03, 1.02, 1.01, or 1.00.
[00142] Psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition (e.g., a unit dose, a food product, a beverage product) in a quantity of at least about 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg). Psychedelic compounds can be present in a composition (e.g., a unit dose, a food product, a beverage product) in a quantity of at most about 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 milligrams (mg).
[00143] Any composition comprising an encapsulated psychedelic compound may be used to treat or decrease symptoms of a number of classes of disorders as provided in the present disclosure, such as, but not limited to, pain, anti-inflammatory disorders, psychiatric disorders, and sleep disorders. Terpenoid degradation compounds may have little benefit, no effect, or harmful effects on a subj ect.
[00144] The disorders as disclosed herein may comprise one or more psychological disorders comprising depression, psychotic disorder, schizophrenia, schizophreniform disorder (acute schizophrenic episode); schizoaffective disorder; bipolar I disorder (mania, manic disorder, manic-depressive psychosis); bipolar II disorder; major depressive disorder with psychotic feature (psychotic depression); delusional disorders (paranoia); Shared Psychotic Disorder (Shared paranoia disorder); Brief Psychotic disorder (Other and Unspecified Reactive Psychosis); Psychotic disorder not otherwise specified (Unspecified Psychosis); paranoid personality disorder; schizoid personality disorder; schizotypal personality disorder, anxiety disorder, panic disorder, panic attacks, agoraphobia, attention deficit syndrome, premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD), and/or premenstrual syndrome (PMS).
[00145] In some cases, the compositions comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may be administered to a subject in need thereof prior to, concurrently with, and/or subsequent to administration of at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., at least one cannabinoid compound) to the subject. In some cases, at least one psychedelic compound (psilocin) may bind to particular receptors in a subject (e.g., 5-HT2A and/or 5-HT3 receptors) and induce a period of psychedelic experience (e.g., hallucinations) to the subject. The at least one therapeutic compound (which may be administered prior to, concurrently with, and/or subsequent to the at least one psychedelic compound) may bind to the same psychedelic experience-inducing receptors (e.g., 5-HT2A and/or 5-HT3 receptors) as the at least one psychedelic compound, thereby effecting (i) a reduction or inhibition of binding of the at least one psychedelic compound to such psychedelic experience-inducing receptors (i.e., serving as antagonists), (ii) a reduction or inhibition of psychedelic experience by the subject, and (iii) increased binding of the at least one psychedelic compound to other non-psychedelic experience-inducing receptors (e.g., 5-HT1, 5-HT5, 5-HT6, 5-HT7 receptors) to induce one or more therapeutic effects (e.g., anti-depression) as provided in the present disclosure.
[00146] A composition described herein can be formulated in as matrix pellets in which particles of the subject composition are embedded in a matrix of water-insoluble plastic and which are enclosed by a membrane of water-insoluble plastic containing embedded particles of lactose, produces and maintains plasma levels of the subject composition within the targeted therapeutic range. A composition can be formulated as a sustained or controlled release capsule or tablet. A sustained or controlled release tablet may be formed by coating core granules composed mainly of the subject composition with a layer of a coating film composed of a hydrophobic material and a plastic excipient and, in some cases, containing an enteric polymer material, to form coated granules and then by compressing the coated granules together with a disintegrating excipient. Such sustained or controlled release capsule or tablet may release the composition in a substantially sustained or controlled manner over a given period of time, such as a substantially constant rate of release over a period of at least 0.1 hour, 0.5 hours, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, or more. Such sustained or controlled release capsule or tablet may permit at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or greater of the composition to be released over a period of at least 0.1 hour, 0.5 hours, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, or more. [00147] Using the controlled release dosage forms provided herein, the one or more cofactors can be released in its dosage form at a slower rate than observed for an immediate release formulation of the same quantity of components. The rate of change in the biological sample may be measured as the change in concentration over a defined time period from administration to maximum concentration for an controlled release formulation is less than about 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, or 10% of the rate of the immediate release formulation. The rate of change in concentration over time may be less than about 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, or 10% of the rate for the immediate release formulation. [00148] The rate of change of concentration over time may be reduced by increasing the time to maximum concentration in a relatively proportional manner. For example, a two-fold increase in the time to maximum concentration can reduce the rate of change in concentration by approximately a factor of 2. As a result, the one or more cofactors can be provided so that it reaches its maximum concentration at a rate that is significantly reduced over an immediate release dosage form. The compositions of the present disclosure can be formulated to provide a shift in maximum concentration by 24 hours, 16 hours, 8 hours, 4 hours, 2 hours, or at least 1 hour. The associated reduction in rate of change in concentration can be by a factor of about 0.05, 0.10, 0.25, 0.5 or at least 0.8. This may be accomplished by releasing less than about 30 %, 50 %, 75 %, 90 %, or 95 % of the one or more cofactors into the circulation within one hour of such administration.
[00149] The controlled release formulations may exhibit plasma concentration curves having initial (e.g., from 2 hours after administration to 4 hours after administration) slopes less than 75 %, 50 %, 40 %, 30 %, 20 % or 10 % of those for an immediate release formulation of the same dosage of the same cofactor.
[00150] The rate of release of the cofactor as measured in dissolution studies may be less than about 80 %, 70 %, 60 %, 50 %, 40 %, 30 %, 20 %, or 10 % of the rate for an immediate release formulation of the same cofactor over the first 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, or 12 hours.
[00151] The controlled release formulations provided herein can adopt a variety of formats. The formulation may be in an oral dosage form, including liquid dosage forms (e.g., a suspension or slurry), and oral solid dosage forms (e.g., a tablet or bulk powder), such as, but not limited to those, those described herein.
[00152] Tablets or pills can also be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate. A formulation comprising a plurality of cofactors can have different cofactors released at different rates or at different times. For example, there can be additional layers of cofactors interspersed with enteric layers.
[00153] The compositions can be formulated in a food composition. For example, the compositions can be a beverage or other liquids, solid food, semi-solid food, with or without a food carrier. For example, the compositions can include a black tea supplemented with any of the compositions described herein. The composition can be a dairy product supplemented any of the compositions described herein. The compositions can be formulated in a food composition. For example, the compositions can comprise a beverage, solid food, semi-solid food, or a food carrier.
[00154] Liquid food carriers, such as in the form of beverages, such as supplemented juices, coffees, teas, sodas, and flavored waters can be used. For example, the beverage can comprise the formulation as well as a liquid component, such as various deodorant or natural carbohydrates present in conventional beverages. Examples of natural carbohydrates include, but are not limited to, monosaccharides such as, glucose and fructose; disaccharides such as maltose and sucrose; conventional sugars, such as dextrin and cyclodextrin; and sugar alcohols, such as xylitol and erythritol. Natural deodorant such as taumatin, stevia extract, levaudioside A, glycyrrhizin, and synthetic deodorant such as saccharin and aspartame can also be used. Agents such as flavoring agents, coloring agents, and others can also be used. For example, pectic acid and the salt thereof, alginic acid and the salt thereof, organic acid, protective colloidal adhesive, pH controlling agent, stabilizer, a preservative, glycerin, alcohol, or carbonizing agents can also be used. Fruit and vegetables can also be used in preparing foods or beverages comprising the formulations discussed herein.
[00155] Alternatively, the compositions can be a snack bar supplemented with any of the compositions described herein. For example, the snack bar can be a chocolate bar, a granola bar, or a trail mix bar. In yet another embodiment, the present dietary supplement or food compositions are formulated to have suitable and desirable taste, texture, and viscosity for consumption. Any suitable food carrier can be used in the present food compositions. Food carriers of the present disclosure include practically any food product. Examples of such food carriers include, but are not limited to food bars (granola bars, protein bars, candy bars, etc.), cereal products (oatmeal, breakfast cereals, granola, etc.), bakery products (bread, donuts, crackers, bagels, pastries, cakes, etc.), beverages (milk-based beverage, sports drinks, fruit juices, alcoholic beverages, bottled waters), pastas, grains (rice, corn, oats, rye, wheat, flour, etc.), egg products, snacks (candy, chips, gum, chocolate, etc.), meats, fruits, and vegetables. In an embodiment, food carriers employed herein can mask the undesirable taste (e.g., bitterness). Where desired, the food composition presented herein exhibit more desirable textures and aromas than that of any of the components described herein. For example, liquid food carriers can be used according to the present disclosure to obtain the present food compositions in the form of beverages, such as supplemented juices, coffees, teas. Solid food carriers can be used according to the present disclosure to obtain the present food compositions in the form of meal replacements, such as supplemented snack bars, pasta, breads. Alternatively, semi-solid food carriers can be used according to the present disclosure to obtain the present food compositions in the form of gums, or chewy candies or snacks.
Methods
[00156] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of converting a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid. Such conversion can include removing a carboxylic acid group from the carboxylated cannabinoid.
[00157] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of supplementing a cannabinoid compound and a terpenoid to subject in need thereof, comprising administering a unit dose of a composition described herein.
[00158] The method of converting a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid may be a chemical reaction. The chemical reaction conditions may comprise a catalyst, such as an acid, to facilitate conversion of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid. An acid used may be a weak acid. The acid may have a pKa that is at most about 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, -1, -2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -7, -8, -9, -10, or less. The acid may have a pKa that is at least about -10, -9, -8, -7, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or more. The acid may have a pKa that is from about -10 to about 10, from about -7 to about 7, from about -3 to about 7, from about -1 to about 7, from about 3 to about 7, or from about 4 to about 6, or from about 5 to 7. In some embodiments, the acid has a pKa of at most about 20, 15, 10, or 5. In some embodiments, the acid has a pKa of at least about -10, -5, 0, 5, or more. The acid may be a weak acid. The acid may be a strong acid. The acid may be an organic acid. The acid may comprise a carboxylic acid moiety. The acid may have a molecular weight of less than about 500 daltons, 400 daltons, 300 daltons, 200 daltons, 100 daltons, 90 daltons, 80 daltons, 70 daltons, 60 daltons, 50 daltons, 40 daltons, or less.
[00159] The amount of acid used to convert a carboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. tetrahydrocannabinolic acid) to a decarboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. A9 tetrahydrocannabinol) may be selected such that the acid is catalytic (i.e., catalyzes the conversion of the carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid). The amount of acid may be at least about 0.01 grams (g), 0.1 g, 0.5 g, 1 g, 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more.
[00160] The acid that may be used to convert a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid may include one or more members selected from the group consisting of: lactic acid, citric acid, malic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, butyric acid, ascorbic acid, lactic acid, tartric acid, tannic acid, and oxalic acid. An acid may be an edible acid. The acid may be naturally occurring, and may be isolated from a natural source or may be produced synthetically. Depending on which acid is used, the acid may be diluted (e.g., with water) to provide an acidic solution having a pKa that may be suitable for conversion of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid.
[00161] The conversion may be performed in a laboratory, a production facility, in a home, or in a doctor’s office, and may be performed by a technician, a doctor, or by a buyer or user of a kit described herein.
[00162] Conversion of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid may be under temperature conditions of at most 500 °C, 400 °C, 300 °C, 200 °C, 100 °C, 75 °C, 50 °C, 40 °C, or 30 °C. The conversion may not require an external heat source or additional heating to perform the reaction of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid.
[00163] Carboxylated cannabinoid may be converted to decarboxylated by contacting a carboxylated cannabinoid with an acid. This may be performed by blending, mixing, stirring, or any combination thereof. The conversion may take place in a reaction vessel, such as, for example, a bowl, a round bottom flask, a reactor, a batch reactor, a plug flow reactor, catalytic reactor, a semi-batch reactor, or a household container. The reaction vessel may be configured to hold a reaction mixture. The reaction mixture may comprise an acid and part of a cannabis plant. The part of a cannabis plant may contain tetrahydrocannabinolic acid.
[00164] A reaction vessel may hold at least about 1 grams (g) of starting material, 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more of starting material. The starting material may be part of a cannabis plant. The cannabis plant may contain carboxylated cannabinoids. The part of a cannabis plant may contain at least about 1 g, 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g or more of tetrahydrocannabinolic acid. A reaction vessel may hold at least about 1 milliliter (mL) of volume, 2 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 20 mL, 30 mL, 40 mL, 50 mL, 60 mL, 70 mL, 80 mL, 90 mL, 100 mL, 1 liter (L), 2 L, 5 L, 10 L, 50 L, 100 L, 1000 L, or more. A reaction vessel may be configured to provide production of at least about 1 grams (g) of a decarboxylated cannabinoid compound, 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more of a decarboxylated cannabinoid compound.
[00165] A reaction mixture may undergo separation after the reaction is completed or near completion. Separation of the desired decarboxylated cannabinoids from the remainder of the reaction mixture, such as solvent, catalyst, plant material, or unconverted starting material, may include filtration, extraction, centrifugation, solubilization, concentration, washing, electrolysis, adsorption, purification, chromatography, fractionation, crystallization, or a combination thereof. In some cases, the desired decarboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. A9 tetrahydrocannabinol), is separated from the reaction mixture via 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more separation steps or procedures. [00166] A trace amount of acid may be present in the reaction mixture after the reaction of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid. A trace amount of acid may be present after isolation of the desired compound from the reaction mixture. The separated or isolated decarboxylated cannabinoid may be the desired final product that may be used in manufacturing processes for delivery to a user. The isolated decarboxylated cannabinoid may comprise a trace amount of acid. A trace amount of acid may be less than about 10,000 parts per millions (ppm), 1000 ppm, 100 ppm, 10 ppm, or 1 ppm.
Indications
[00167] A composition as disclosed herein may be administered (e.g., via one or more unit doses) to a subject (e.g., a subject having or is suspected of having a condition of disease as disease of interest), and the administering may effect one or more members comprising (i) reduced degree (e.g., as measured by a scoring system or by one or more biomarkers from the subject, such as a target molecule, protein, etc.) of a disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control, or (ii) reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease or condition as compared to a control. In some cases, a composition comprising an encapsulated psychedelic compound may be administered to a subject, and the control may be (1) one or more states or conditions of the subject prior to the administering, (2) a different subject having or is suspected of having the same disease or condition, who has not been administered with the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound, (3) a different subject having or is suspected of having the same disease or condition, who has been administered with the psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form, or (4) a healthy subject. In some cases, a composition comprising an encapsulated psychedelic compound and at least one therapeutic compound (e.g., cannabinoid, terpenes, etc.) may be administered to a subject, and the control may be (1) a different subject administered with the encapsulated psychedelic compound in absence of the at least one therapeutic compound or (2) a different subject administered with the at least one therapeutic compound in absence of the encapsulated psychedelic compound.
[00168] Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may reduce the degree of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more, as compared to the control.
[00169] Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may reduce a score for ascertaining the degree of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35,40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or more, as compared to the control. [00170] Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may reduce a score for ascertaining the degree of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more, as compared to the control.
[00171] Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may reduce a degree of a positive biomarker (e.g., a biomarker whose level is increased due to the condition or disease) by at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more, as compared to the control.
[00172] Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may increase a degree of a negative biomarker (e.g., a biomarker whose level is decreased due to the condition or disease) by at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 100%, 150%, 200%, 250%, 300%, 350%, 400%, 450%, 500%, 1000%, or more, as compared to the control.
[00173] Administering the composition comprising the encapsulated psychedelic compound may reduce a degree one or more symptoms of the disease or condition by at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more, as compared to the control.
[00174] In some examples, the disease or condition may be post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). An indication or degree of PTSD may be measured by a PTSD checklist (PCL; a score ranging between 17 and 85) (e.g., PCL-M for military subjects, PCL-C for civilian subjects, PCL-S for subjects with specific stressful experience(s)). One or more symptoms of PTSD may include, but are not limited to, intrusive memories (e.g., recurrent, unwanted distressing memories), avoidance (e.g., avoiding places, activities, or people), mood (e.g., negative mood), etc. Non-limiting examples of a biomarker for PTSD may include Allopregnanolone (e.g., decreased with PTSD), Dehydroepiandrosterone (e.g., increased with PTSD), Dehydroepiandrosterone (e.g., increased with PTSD), NPY hormones (e.g., decreased with PTSD), Endocannabinoids (e.g., decreased in PTSD), etc.
[00175] In some examples, the disease or condition may be insomnia. An indication or degree of insomnia may be measured by an insomnia severity index (ISI; a score ranging between 0 and 28). Examples of symptoms of insomnia may include, but are not limited to, difficulty falling asleep, waking up during the night, waking up too early, fatigue, irritability, depression, anxiety, attention deficit, etc. Non-limiting examples of a biomarker may include Brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF, such as serum BDNF) (e.g., decreased with insomnia). [00176] In some examples, the disease or condition may be an addiction (e.g., alcohol, smoking, drug, etc.). An indication or degree of the addiction may be measured by an addiction severity index (ASI; a score ranging between 0 and 9).
[00177] In some examples, the disease or condition may be alcohol addiction. An indication or degree of the alcohol addiction may be measured by Alcohol Use Disorders Identification Test (AUDIT; a score ranging between 0 and 40). Examples of symptoms of alcohol addiction may include, but are not limited to, excessive drinking (e.g., consumption of alcohol above a threshold value, such as greater than or equal to 8 units per week, 9 units per week, 10 units per week, 11 units per week, 12 units per week, 13 units per week, 14 units per week, 15 units per week, 16 units per week, 17 units per week, 18 units per week, 19 units per week, 20 units per week, or more), mood (e.g., negative mood), etc. Non-limiting examples of biomarkers increased due to alcohol addiction may include Gamma-glutamyltransferase (GGT), Alanine aminotransferase (ALT), Aspartate aminotransferase (AST), Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT), N-acetyl-P-hexosaminidase, Whole blood-associated acetaldehyde (WBAA), Mean corpuscular volume (MCV), Apolipoprotein J, 5-hydroxytryptophol (5-HTOL), Salsolinol, Fatty acid ethyl esters (FAEE), Ethyl glucuronide (EtG), etc.
[00178] In some examples, the disease or condition may be a nicotine addiction (e.g., smoking addictino). An indication or degree of the nicotine addiction may be measured by Fagerstrom Test For Nicotine Dependence (FTND; a score ranging between 0 and 10). Examples of symptoms of nicotine addiction may include, but are not limited to, excessive smoking, withdrawal signs (e.g., anxiety, irritability, restlessness, negative mood, frustration, anger, insomnia, etc.), progression of a disease (e.g., cancer, tumor), etc. Non-limiting examples of biomarkers increased due to nicotine addiction may include blood nicotine level.
[00179] Terpenoids may have a beneficial effect on a subject. Terpenoids may be formulated into a composition described herein and given to a subject as a nutritional supplement or a dietary supplement. A composition may provide nutrients or compounds that may otherwise not be consumed in sufficient quantities in a normal diet. A composition may contain compounds that may be beneficial to the health, physical wellbeing, and emotional wellbeing of a subject. For example, a composition may be used as a boost of energy.
[00180] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat or decrease the symptoms of nausea or vomiting. A subject who is administered a unit dose of a composition may observe a decrease in symptoms related to nausea or vomiting.
[00181] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat an eating disorder, such as anorexia, cachexia, bulimia nervosa, rumination disorder, avoidant or restrictive food intake disorder. [00182] A composition of the current disclosure may be used as a sleep aid or to help with symptoms of insomnia. A composition may help a subject relax, fall asleep faster, improve sleep quantity, or improve sleep quality.
[00183] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to mediate, limit, and reverse the effects of oxidative damage or oxidative stress. The imbalance of reactive oxygen species within a subject may be corrected or mediated with administration of a composition described herein.
[00184] Oxidative stress may occur prior to, during, and/or after surgery. The oxidative stress may be due to anesthesia used during the surgery, the surgical trauma, the psychological stress associated with surgery, or a combination thereof. A composition may be administered to a subject prior to, during, or after surgery. A composition may be administered to relieve traumatic shock that may be caused by surgery or injury.
[00185] Oxidative stress may be caused by a physical stress factor or an emotional stress factor. A composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Some symptoms of PTSD that may be relieved by a composition include: flashbacks, bad dreams, frightening thoughts, avoidance of certain thoughts or feelings, being easily startled, feeling tense, having difficulty sleeping, cognition or mood symptoms such as trouble remember features of the traumatic event, distorted feelings such as guilt or blame, and loss of interest in enjoyable activities.
[00186] A composition may be administered to prevent or limit the severity of developing post-traumatic stress disorder. The composition may be administered after physical or emotional stress, such as, for example, after a physical sport, a contact sport, a physical combat, a physical confrontation, a military drill or exercise, and military combat.
[00187] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat, alleviate, or cease the symptoms of addiction, addicted behavior, physical dependence, or psychological dependence. Addiction may be characterized by compulsive engagement in stimuli. Addiction may be rated based on a severity index, such as the addiction severity index (ASI). The ASI severity ratings may be based on a 10 point scale, from 0-9. A rating of 0 - 1 may be classified as no real problem, treatment not indicated. A rating of 2 - 3 may be classified as a light problem, treatment may not be indicated. A rating of 4 - 5 may be classified as a moderate problem, and some treatment may be indicated. A rating of 6 - 7 may be considerable a problem, and treatment may be necessary. A rating of 8 - 9 may be considered an extreme problem, and treatment may be absolutely necessary.
[00188] Examples of drug and behavioral addictions include, but are not limited to, alcoholism, cocaine addiction, smoking addiction, nicotine addiction, opiate addiction, food addiction, amphetamine addiction, and gambling addiction. For example, a composition described herein may be used to alleviate alcohol use disorder (AUD).
[00189] A composition described herein may be used to alleviate smoking addiction. A composition may be used as part of a smoking cessation program, where a subject is administered tobacco infused with cannabinoids. A composition may also be administered via water soluble methods, to allow for membrane absorption for natural and gradual decrease in addiction. Additionally, a composition described herein may contribute to anti-anxiety effects. For example, a composition administered in water soluble form may provide rapid anti-anxiety effects to curb addition via mucosal membrane absorption. A cannabinoid composition may be part of program to decrease tobacco usage over time.
[00190] In some cases, a cannabinoid compound may have multiple bell curves of efficacy. The bell curves of efficacy may change or modulate on a daily basis depending on a number of factors of the subject, including oxidative stress.
[00191] A composition of the current disclosure may be administered to a subject during and/or after treatment. A subject may observe a decrease symptoms or a decrease in severity rating according to a severity index scale (e.g. the ASI severity index).
[00192] A composition may be used to treat cancer or a tumor. Cancers that are liquid tumors can be those that occur, for example, in blood, bone marrow, and lymph nodes, and can include, for example, leukemia, myeloid leukemia, lymphocytic leukemia, lymphoma, Hodgkin’s lymphoma, melanoma, and multiple myeloma. Leukemias include, for example, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid leukemia (AML), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), and hairy cell leukemia. Cancers that are solid tumors include, for example, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, breast cancer, brain cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, thyroid cancer, stomach cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, Kaposi’s sarcoma, skin cancer, squamous cell skin cancer, renal cancer, head and neck cancers, throat cancer, squamous carcinomas that form on the moist mucosal linings of the nose, mouth, throat, bladder cancer, osteosarcoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, liver cancer, and kidney cancer. A composition described herein may be used to treat cervical cancer.
[00193] A composition described herein may be used to treat prostate cancer. A subject may be evaluated based on a level of prostate-specific antigen, or PSA, a protein produced by prostate gland cells. Elevated blood levels of PSA may be associated with subjects with prostate cancer. [00194] A composition may be administered to a subject that has been diagnosed with prostate cancer. In some cases, a composition may be administered to a subject with a PSA greater than about 1 nanograms per milliliter (ng/mL), 2 ng/mL, 3 ng/mL, 4 ng/mL, 5 ng/mL, or 6 ng/mL, or higher. Administration with a composition may have a dosing holiday after a subject’s level of PSA is below a certain threshold. In some cases, a dosing holiday may begin after PSA drops below about 20 nanograms per milliliter (ng/mL), 10 ng/mL, 5 ng/mL, 4 ng/mL, 3 ng/mL, 2 ng/mL, or 1 ng/mL. A dosing holiday of a composition may be substituted with another compound or composition. For example, an amount of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) may be administered during a dosing holiday of a composition described herein. The amount of THC administered may be at most about 50 mg/kg, 40 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg, 20 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, 2 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, or less.
[00195] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat an eating disorder or a weight disorder, such as, for example, anorexia and cachexia. Subjects may observe an increase in appetite after at least a unit dose of a composition of the present disclosure. In some cases, A9 tetrahydrocannabinol in a composition may result in an appetite enhancing effect with a unit dose of at least 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, or 20 mg. An increase in appetite may continue for an extended period of time, such as at least 1 day, 2 days, 5 days, 7 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, or 12 months after the last unit dose of a composition is taken.
[00196] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat a muscle related disorder or a movement disorder, such as, for example, spasticity, tremor, ataxia, bladder control, Tourette's syndrome, dystonia, Parkinson’s disease, Huntington disease, and tardive dyskinesia. Spasticity may have been caused by pain, bone or join deformities, or accidents or injury to the spinal cord.
[00197] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat pain. The pain may be an acute pain. The pain may be chronic pain. The pain may be associated with a disease. Pain in a subject may be neuropathic pain, menstrual pain, chronic headaches, or back pain. Pain may be due to a disease or a disorder, or may be caused by injury. Pain may be caused by a disease such as cancer, chronic bowel inflammation, neuralgias, damaged nerves, diabetes, multiple sclerosis, an infection, or old age.
[00198] Pain can be nociceptive pain (i.e., pain caused by tissue damage), neuropathic pain or psychogenic pain. The pain may be caused by or associated with a disease (e.g., cancer, arthritis, diabetes). Alternatively, the pain is caused by injury (e.g., sports injury, trauma). Non-limiting examples of pain that may be amenable to treatment with the compositions and methods herein include: neuropathic pain including peripheral neuropathy, diabetic neuropathy, post herpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, back pain, neuropathy associated with cancer, neuropathy associated with HIV/AIDS, phantom limb pain, carpal tunnel syndrome, central post-stroke pain, pain associated with chronic alcoholism, hypothyroidism, uremia, pain associated with multiple sclerosis, pain associated with spinal cord injury, pain associated with Parkinson’s disease, epilepsy, osteoarthritic pain, rheumatoid arthritic pain, visceral pain, and pain associated with vitamin deficiency; and nociceptive pain including pain associated with central nervous system trauma, strains/sprains, and burns; myocardial infarction, acute pancreatitis, post-operative pain, posttraumatic pain, renal colic, pain associated with cancer, pain associated with fibromyalgia, pain associated with carpal tunnel syndrome, and back pain.
[00199] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat or reduce an effect of a nervous system disease or disorder. Examples of a nervous system disease/disorder may include, but are not limited to, spinal cord damage, stroke, cerebral infarction, and cerebral ischemia. Additional examples of a nervous system disease/disorder may include multiple sclerosis neuropsychiatric diseases, neurological diseases, psychosis, dementia, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's chorea, dyskinesia, hyperactivity, mania, attention deficit disorder, anxiety, dyslexia, schizophrenia, Tourette syndrome, behavioral disorders, cognitive disorders, etc.
[00200] The compositions and methods described herein may be utilized to ameliorate a level of pain in a subject. A level of pain in a subject may be ameliorated by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99% or 100%. A level of pain in a subject can be assessed by a variety of methods. A level of pain may be assessed by self-reporting (i.e., a human subject expresses a verbal report of the level of pain he/she is experiencing). A level of pain may be assessed by behavioral indicators of pain, for example, facial expressions, limb movements, vocalization, restlessness and guarding. These types of assessments may be useful for example when a subject is unable to self-report (e.g., an infant, an unconscious subject, a non-human subject). A level of pain may be assessed after treatment with a composition of the present disclosure as compared to the level of pain the subject was experiencing prior to treatment with the composition.
[00201] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to reduce intraocular pressure or fluid pressure in the eye, and may be used to treat a number of diseases associated with abnormal intraocular pressure, including, but not limited to, glaucoma, iritis, retinal detachment. A composition may decrease intraocular pressure by 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, or more. [00202] The methods and compositions of the present disclosure may be utilized to treat epilepsy. Compositions described herein may be used to prevent or control epileptic seizures. Epileptic seizures may be classified as tonic-clonic, tonic, clonic, myoclonic, absence or atonic seizures. The compositions and methods herein may prevent or reduce the number of epileptic seizures experienced by a subject by at least about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 99% or higher.
[00203] The methods and compositions of the present disclosure may be utilized to relieve the symptoms of an inflammatory disease of the airways of the lungs, or asthma. The compositions may reduce the severity of asthma symptoms, or change the severity classification, such as from severe persistent, to moderate persistent, to mild persistent, to intermittent.
[00204] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to relieve symptoms associated with withdrawal in dependency on alcohol and drugs, such as benzodiazepines and opiates. The composition may relieve withdrawal symptoms such as sleep disturbance, irritability, increased tension, anxiety, panic attacks, tremors, sweating, difficulty concentrating, confusion, memory loss, weight loss or weight gain, headaches, or muscular pains.
[00205] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat psychiatric disorders, including, but not limited to, sleep disorder, anxiety disorders, panic disorders, obsessive- compulsive disorder, bipolar disorder, depression, mood disorders, personality disorders, psychotic disorders, such as schizophrenia or delusional disorder. A composition may be used to treat a bipolar episode, wherein a symptom may include an unusual shift in mood, energy, activity level, and the inability to carry out day-to-day tasks.
[00206] A composition of the current disclosure may be used to treat autoimmune diseases or inflammation, such as, but not limited to, arthritis, lupus, vitiligo, anemia, psoriasis, scleroderma, inflammatory bowel diseases, and type 1 diabetes.
[00207] A composition may be used to treat pruritus, ADS (attention deficit syndrome), high blood pressure, tinnitus, chronic fatigue syndrome, and restless leg syndrome.
[00208] A composition may be used to treat or relieve the symptoms of the hiccups or synchronous diaphragmatic flutter (SDF). Hiccups may be classified as acute, chronic, persistent, or intractable. In some cases, a compound or composition may be used to treat or alleviate the symptoms of chronic hiccups.
[00209] A composition may be used to treat or alleviate the symptoms of menopause or premenopause. A composition may decrease the frequency and/or intensity of symptoms that include, for example, hot flashes, night sweats, pain during intercourse, increased anxiety or irritability, and the need to urinate more often.
[00210] A composition may be used to treat or sterilize wounds. A composition may be used in conjunction with citric acid, or may be formulated into one composition for use in sterilizing open wounds. [00211] A composition described herein may be used with poison or venom treatment. The composition may be administered before, during, or after administration of a poison antidote or an antivenom. The composition may be administered after exposure to a toxin or poison and may be in the absence of an antidote. Administration for use with a poison antidote may be via injection, sublingual, oral, via nasal spray, or a transdermal patch. Without wishing to be bound by theory, the composition disclosed herein may help protect the tissue, nervous system, and/or assist with regulating overall homeostasis in the subject. The composition disclosed herein may help decrease oxidative stress, tissue damage, organ damage, or neural trauma. The composition may also enhance cellular protection, health, and overall homeostatic balance.
[00212] In some cases, a composition described herein may be used for treatment of shingles, chicken pox, measles, human papillomavirus (HPV), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), emphysema, ilitigo, impetigo, pneumonia, listeria, Ebola, Addison’s disease, Graves’ disease, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto’s disease, autism, myasthenia gravis, Pernicious Anemia, or Celiac disease.
[00213] In some cases, a composition may be used to treat an autoimmune disease. In some cases, a composition may be used to treat Achalasia, Addison’s disease, Adult Still's disease, Agammaglobulinemia, Alopecia areata, Amyloidosis, Ankylosing spondylitis, Anti-GBM/Anti- TBM nephritis, Antiphospholipid syndrome, Autoimmune angioedema, Autoimmune dysautonomia, Autoimmune encephalomyelitis, Autoimmune hepatitis, Autoimmune inner ear disease (AIED), Autoimmune myocarditis, Autoimmune oophoritis, Autoimmune orchitis, Autoimmune pancreatitis, Autoimmune retinopathy, Autoimmune urticaria, Axonal & neuronal neuropathy (AMAN), Balo disease, Behcet’s disease, Benign mucosal pemphigoid, Bullous pemphigoid, Castleman disease (CD), Celiac disease, Chagas disease, Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Chronic recurrent multifocal osteomyelitis (CRMO), Churg-Strauss Syndrome (CSS) or Eosinophilic Granulomatosis (EGPA), Cicatricial pemphigoid, Cogan’s syndrome, Cold agglutinin disease, Congenital heart block, Coxsackie myocarditis, CREST syndrome, Crohn’s disease, Dermatitis herpetiformis, Dermatomyositis, Devic’s disease (neuromyelitis optica), Discoid lupus, Dressier’s syndrome, Endometriosis, Eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE), Eosinophilic fasciitis, Erythema nodosum, Essential mixed cryoglobulinemia, Evans syndrome, Fibromyalgia, Fibrosing alveolitis, Giant cell arteritis (temporal arteritis), Giant cell myocarditis, Glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture’s syndrome, Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis, Graves’ disease, Guillain-Barre syndrome, Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, Hemolytic anemia, Henoch-Schonlein purpura (HSP), Herpes gestationis or pemphigoid gestationis (PG), Hidradenitis Suppurativa (HS) (Acne Inversa), Hypogammalglobulinemia, IgA Nephropathy, IgG4-related sclerosing disease, Immune thrombocytopenic purpura (ITP), Inclusion body myositis (IBM), Interstitial cystitis (IC), Juvenile arthritis, Juvenile diabetes (Type 1 diabetes), Juvenile myositis (JM), Kawasaki disease, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, Leukocytoclastic vasculitis, Lichen planus, Lichen sclerosus, Ligneous conjunctivitis, Linear IgA disease (LAD), Lupus, Lyme disease chronic, Meniere’s disease, Microscopic polyangiitis (MPA), Mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), Mooren’s ulcer, Mucha-Habermann disease, Multifocal Motor Neuropathy (MMN) or MMNCB, Multiple sclerosis, Myasthenia gravis, Myositis, Narcolepsy, Neonatal Lupus, Neuromyelitis optica, Neutropenia, Ocular cicatricial pemphigoid, Optic neuritis, Palindromic rheumatism (PR), PANDAS, Paraneoplastic cerebellar degeneration (PCD), Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH), Parry Romberg syndrome, Pars planitis (peripheral uveitis), Parsonnage-Tumer syndrome,, Pemphigus, Peripheral neuropathy, Perivenous encephalomyelitis, Pernicious anemia (PA), POEMS syndrome, Polyarteritis nodosa, Polyglandular syndromes type I, II, III, Polymyalgia rheumatica, Polymyositis, Postmyocardial infarction syndrome, Postpericardiotomy syndrome, Primary biliary cirrhosis, Primary sclerosing cholangitis, Progesterone dermatitis, Psoriasis, Psoriatic arthritis, Pure red cell aplasia (PRC A), Pyoderma gangrenosum, Raynaud’s phenomenon, Reactive Arthritis, Reflex sympathetic dystrophy, Relapsing polychondritis, Restless legs syndrome (RLS), Retroperitoneal fibrosis, Rheumatic fever, Rheumatoid arthritis, Sarcoidosis, Schmidt syndrome, Scleritis, Scleroderma, Sjogren’s syndrome, Sperm & testicular autoimmunity, Stiff person syndrome (SPS), Subacute bacterial endocarditis (SBE), Susac’s syndrome, Sympathetic ophthalmia (SO), Takayasu’s arteritis, Temporal arteritis/Giant cell arteritis, Thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP), Tolosa-Hunt syndrome (THS), Transverse myelitis, Type 1 diabetes, Ulcerative colitis (UC), Undifferentiated connective tissue disease (UCTD), Uveitis, Vasculitis, Vitiligo, Vogt-Koyanagi -Harada Disease, or Wegener’s granulomatosis (or Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (GPA)).
[00214] A composition comprising cannabinoids may be formulated in water soluble form. Administration of the composition in a water soluble form may allow for rapid membrane absorption. The composition may be added to a water supply, e.g., drinking water, for protection after a chemical agent or toxicity event or exposure.
[00215] A composition may be used to enhance neurogenesis, or the growth and development of nervous tissue in a subject. A composition may also enhance the overall performance of the nervous system, including the parasympathetic nervous system, the sympathetic nervous system, and enteric nervous system.
[00216] A composition may be used as a supplement to protect a telomere, a region of the end of a chromosome in a subject. Protection of a telomere may protect the chromosome from deterioration. [00217] In some cases, a composition described herein may be used as a targeted endocannabinoid system (ECB) therapeutic. Two primary endocannabinoid receptors of the endocannabinoid system are CB1 and CB2.
[00218] In some cases, a composition of the current disclosure may be used in combination with epigenetics, or the study of heritable changes in gene function that may not involve changes in the DNA sequence, or functionally relevant changes to the genome that may not involve a change in the nucleotide sequence (e.g. DNA methylation, histone modification). In some cases, epigenetic mechanisms may include factors and processes such as development (e.g. in utero, childhood), environmental factors (e.g. environmental chemicals), drugs, pharmaceuticals, aging, and diet.
[00219] A composition may be administered or suggested based on epigenetic testing. In some cases, a composition described herein can modulate risk factors or improve disease conditions. In some cases, terpenes, such as those described herein, may be used to direct cannabinoids to specific CB receptor sites. Compounds disclosed herein may be used to prevent to mitigate risks or harm during or after epigenetic indication and may contribute to changing the expression.
[00220] In some cases, a composition could be used to treat the thyroid if a thyroid risk factor was apparent, then the same composition could be used to target a different region of the body using different terpenes if a new epigenetic expression appeared. In some cases, a composition may have rapid absorption in the body. If a composition has rapid absorption, the same formula may be given sequentially and may change the effects of the cannabinoids.
[00221] In some cases, a composition may be administered or suggested based on genetic testing.
[00222] Alternatively, a composition may be administered based on standard testing for targeted treatment protocols, wherein cannabinoids and terpenes in the composition may prevent and/or treat risk factors or disease states.
[00223] A subject may exhibit one or more symptoms. A symptom may be selected from pain, stress, nausea, vomiting, sleeplessness, anxiety, and appetite loss. A unit dose may be used to alleviate a symptom in a subject, and in some cases, by at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99%. A composition may result in a decrease of the severity or quantity of symptoms by at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99%.
[00224] A unit dose can be administered at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more times a daily. A subject can receive dosing for a period of about, less than about, or greater than about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or more days, weeks or months. A unit dose can be a fraction of the daily dose, such as the daily dose divided by the number of unit doses to be administered per day. A unit dose can be a fraction of the daily dose that is the daily dose divided by the number of unit doses to be administered per day and further divided by the number of unit doses (e.g. tablets) per administration. The number of unit doses per administration can be at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more. The number of doses per day can at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more. The number of unit doses per day can be determined by dividing the daily dose by the unit dose, and can at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 6, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more unit doses per day. For example, a unit dose can be about 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/7, 1/8, 1/9, or 1/10 of the recommended daily dose. A unit dose can be about one-third of the daily amount and administered to the subject three times daily. A unit dose can be about one-half of the daily amount and administered to the subject twice daily. A unit dose can be about one-fourth of the daily amount with two unit doses administered to the subject twice daily.
[00225] The length of the period of administration and/or the dosing amounts can be determined by a physician or any other type of clinician. The physician or clinician can observe the subject’s response to the administered compositions and adjust the dosing based on the subject’s performance. For example, dosing for subjects that show reduced effects in energy regulation can be increased to achieve desired results.
[00226] The components in the compositions can be administered together at the same time in the same route, or administered separately. The components in the compositions can also be administered subsequently. The components in the compositions can be administered at the same or different administration route.
[00227] Another aspect of the present disclosure provides for achieving desired effects in one or more subjects after administration of a combination composition described herein for a specified time period. For example, the beneficial effects of the compositions described herein can be observed after administration of the compositions to the subject for 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 24, or 52 weeks.
[00228] In some embodiment, the present disclosure also provides for methods of manufacturing the compositions described herein. The manufacture of a composition described herein may comprise mixing or combining two or more components.
[00229] The compositions can be combined or mixed with a pharmaceutically active or therapeutic agent (i.e., a therapeutic compound), a carrier, and/or an excipient. Examples of such components are described herein. The combined compositions can be formed into a unit dosage as tablets, capsules, gel capsules, or slow-release tablets. [00230] The composition may be prepared such that a solid composition containing a substantially homogeneous mixture of the one or more components is achieved, such that the one or more components are dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition can be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
[00231] A unit dose of a composition may retain at least about 10 %, 20 %, 30 %, 40 %, 50 %, 60 %, 70 %, 80 %, 90%, or 95 % of one or more cannabinoids after placement in a sealed container for a certain period of time, such as after 1 day, 7 days, 1 month, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, or more. A unit dose of a composition may have a shelf-life that is at least about 1 day, 7 days, 1 month, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, or more. Without wishing to be bound by theory, a trace amount of acid in a composition may contribute and enhance the shelf life of a composition.
[00232] A unit dose of a composition may be stored under conditions of at least about 25 °C, 30 °C, 40 °C, 50 °C, 60 °C, 70 °C, or more. A unit dose of a composition may be stored under a humidity level condition of at least about 10 %, 20 %, 30 %, 40 %, 50 %, 60 %, 70 %, 80 %, 90%, 95 % or more humidity level without significant degradation of the cannabinoid.
[00233] A unit dose may be packaged into a container to be transferred to the user. A unit dose may be packaged in a tube, ajar, a box, a vial, a bag, a tray, a drum, a bottle, a syringe, or a can.
Kits
[00234] The present disclosure also provides kits. The kits include one or more compositions described herein, in suitable packaging, and can further comprise written material that can include instructions for use, discussion of clinical studies, and listing of side effects. Such kits can also include information, such as scientific literature references, package insert materials, clinical trial results, and/or summaries of these, which indicate or establish the activities and/or advantages of the composition, and/or which describe dosing, administration, side effects, drug interactions, or other information useful to the health care provider. Such information can be based on the results of various studies, for example, studies using experimental animals involving in vivo models and studies based on human clinical trials. A kit can comprise one or more unit doses described herein. A kit may comprise at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 30, 31, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, 210, or more unit doses. A kit may comprise at most about 20, 15, 10, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 unit dose. Instructions for use can comprise dosing instructions, such as instructions to take 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more unit doses 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more times per day. For example, a kit can comprise a unit dose supplied as a tablet, with each tablet package separately, multiples of tablets packaged separately according to the number of unit doses per administration (e.g. pairs of tablets), or all tablets packaged together (e.g. in a bottle). As a further example, a kit can comprise a unit dose supplied as a bottled drink, the kit comprising 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 24, 28, 36, 48, 72, or more bottles.
[00235] Instructions may be provided in print form on a user interface of an electronic device of a user. The instructions may be provided, for example, on a graphical user interface or a webbased interface.
[00236] The kit can further contain another agent. The compound of the present disclosure and the agent may be provided or packaged as separate compositions in separate containers within the kit. The compound of the present disclosure and the agent may be provided or packaged as a single composition within a container in the kit. Suitable packaging and additional articles for use (e.g., measuring cup for liquid preparations, foil wrapping to minimize exposure to air) can be included in the kit. Kits described herein can be provided, marketed and/or promoted to health providers, including physicians, nurses, pharmacists, formulary officials. Kits can also be marketed directly to the consumer.
[00237] A kit can comprise a multi-day supply of unit dosages. The unit dosages can be any unit dosage described herein. The kit can comprise instructions directing the administration of the multi-day supply of unit dosages over a period of multiple days. The multi-day supply can be a one-month supply, a 30-day supply, or a multi-week supply. The multi-day supply can be a 90- day, 180-day, 3-month or 6-month supply. The kit can include packaged daily unit dosages, such as packages of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 unit dosages. The kit can be packaged with other dietary supplements, vitamins, and meal replacement bars, mixes, and beverages.
[00238] A kit may comprise starting materials that allows a user to perform the conversion of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. A9 tetrahydrocannabinol).
[00239] A kit may comprise all the necessary starting materials so that a user may perform the conversion. The kit may comprise a carboxylated cannabinoid, an acid present to effect conversion of the carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid, a reaction vessel configured to hold a reaction mixture comprising the acid and the carboxylated cannabinoid, and instructions for performing the conversion utilizing the acid. The resulting decarboxylated cannabinoid that is formed from the conversion may be A9 tetrahydrocannabinol.
[00240] Alternatively, a kit may comprise some of the necessary starting materials so that a user may perform the conversion. A user may supplement the kit with his or her own supply of carboxylated cannabinoid. The kit may comprise an acid present to effect conversion of the carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid, a reaction vessel configured to hold a reaction mixture comprising the acid and the carboxylated cannabinoid, and instructions for performing the conversion utilizing the acid. The carboxylated cannabinoid that the user supplies may be tetrahydrocannabinolic acid.
[00241] The acid in a kit may be present in at least about 0.01 grams (g), 0.1 g, 0.5 g, 1 g, 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more.
[00242] The carboxylated cannabinoid (e.g. tetrahydrocannabinolic acid), if provided in a kit, may be present in at least about 1 grams (g), 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more. The amount of decarboxylated cannabinoid formed from performing a reaction using a kit may be at least about 1 grams (g), 2 g, 5 g, 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, 40 g, 50 g, 60 g, 70 g, 80 g, 90 g, 100 g, or more.
Computer control systems
[00243] The present disclosure provides computer control systems that are programmed to implement methods of the disclosure. FIG. 1 shows a computer control system 101 that is programmed or otherwise configured to produce a composition comprising, for example, (i) a mixture of carboxylated cannabinoids and decarboxylated cannabinoids or (ii) an encapsulated psychedelic compound, or provide instructions for using or generating compositions of the present disclosure. The computer control system 101 can regulate various aspects of the methods of the present disclosure, such as, for example, methods of producing (i) the decarboxylated cannabinoids or (ii) an emulsion comprising an encapsulated psychedelic compound, including, but not limited to, the movements of the reaction vessel and stirrer, packaging of a unit dose of a composition, and printing instructions for use of a composition. The computer control system 101 can be implemented on an electronic device of a user or a computer system that is remotely located with respect to the electronic device. The electronic device can be a mobile electronic device.
[00244] The computer system 101 includes a central processing unit (CPU, also “processor” and “computer processor” herein) 105, which can be a single core or multi core processor, or a plurality of processors for parallel processing. The computer control system 101 also includes memory or memory location 110 (e.g., random-access memory, read-only memory, flash memory), electronic storage unit 115 (e.g., hard disk), communication interface 120 (e.g., network adapter) for communicating with one or more other systems, and peripheral devices 125, such as cache, other memory, data storage and/or electronic display adapters. The memory 110, storage unit 115, interface 120 and peripheral devices 125 are in communication with the CPU 105 through a communication bus (solid lines), such as a motherboard. The storage unit 115 can be a data storage unit (or data repository) for storing data. The computer control system 101 can be operatively coupled to a computer network (“network”) 130 with the aid of the communication interface 120. The network 130 can be the Internet, an internet and/or extranet, or an intranet and/or extranet that is in communication with the Internet. The network 130 in some cases is a telecommunication and/or data network. The network 130 can include one or more computer servers, which can enable distributed computing, such as cloud computing. The network 130, in some cases with the aid of the computer system 101, can implement a peer-to- peer network, which may enable devices coupled to the computer system 101 to behave as a client or a server.
[00245] The CPU 105 can execute a sequence of machine-readable instructions, which can be embodied in a program or software. The instructions may be stored in a memory location, such as the memory 110. The instructions can be directed to the CPU 105, which can subsequently program or otherwise configure the CPU 105 to implement methods of the present disclosure. Examples of operations performed by the CPU 105 can include fetch, decode, execute, and writeback.
[00246] The CPU 105 can be part of a circuit, such as an integrated circuit. One or more other components of the system 101 can be included in the circuit. In some cases, the circuit is an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
[00247] The storage unit 115 can store files, such as drivers, libraries and saved programs. The storage unit 115 can store user data, e.g., user preferences and user programs. The computer system 101 in some cases can include one or more additional data storage units that are external to the computer system 101, such as located on a remote server that is in communication with the computer system 101 through an intranet or the Internet.
[00248] The computer system 101 can communicate with one or more remote computer systems through the network 130. For instance, the computer system 101 can communicate with a remote computer system of a user (e.g., a user controlling the manufacture of a three- dimensional object). Examples of remote computer systems include personal computers (e.g., portable PC), slate or tablet PC’s (e.g., Apple® iPad, Samsung® Galaxy Tab), telephones, Smart phones (e.g., Apple® iPhone, Android-enabled device, Blackberry®), or personal digital assistants. The user can access the computer system 101 via the network 130.
[00249] Methods as described herein can be implemented by way of machine (e.g., computer processor) executable code stored on an electronic storage location of the computer system 101, such as, for example, on the memory 110 or electronic storage unit 115. The machine executable or machine readable code can be provided in the form of software. During use, the code can be executed by the processor 105. In some cases, the code can be retrieved from the storage unit 115 and stored on the memory 110 for ready access by the processor 105. In some situations, the electronic storage unit 115 can be precluded, and machine-executable instructions are stored on memory 110.
[00250] The code can be pre-compiled and configured for use with a machine having a processer adapted to execute the code, or can be compiled during runtime. The code can be supplied in a programming language that can be selected to enable the code to execute in a precompiled or as-compiled fashion.
[00251] Aspects of the systems and methods provided herein, such as the computer system 101, can be embodied in programming. Various aspects of the technology may be thought of as “products” or “articles of manufacture” typically in the form of machine (or processor) executable code and/or associated data that is carried on or embodied in a type of machine readable medium. Machine-executable code can be stored on an electronic storage unit, such as memory (e.g., read-only memory, random-access memory, flash memory) or a hard disk.
“Storage” type media can include any or all of the tangible memory of the computers, processors or the like, or associated modules thereof, such as various semiconductor memories, tape drives, disk drives and the like, which may provide non-transitory storage at any time for the software programming. All or portions of the software may at times be communicated through the Internet or various other telecommunication networks. Such communications, for example, may enable loading of the software from one computer or processor into another, for example, from a management server or host computer into the computer platform of an application server. Thus, another type of media that may bear the software elements includes optical, electrical and electromagnetic waves, such as used across physical interfaces between local devices, through wired and optical landline networks and over various air-links. The physical elements that carry such waves, such as wired or wireless links, optical links or the like, also may be considered as media bearing the software. As used herein, unless restricted to non-transitory, tangible “storage” media, terms such as computer or machine “readable medium” refer to any medium that participates in providing instructions to a processor for execution.
[00252] Hence, a machine readable medium, such as computer-executable code, may take many forms, including but not limited to, a tangible storage medium, a carrier wave medium or physical transmission medium. Non-volatile storage media include, for example, optical or magnetic disks, such as any of the storage devices in any computer(s) or the like, such as may be used to implement the databases, etc. shown in the drawings. Volatile storage media include dynamic memory, such as main memory of such a computer platform. Tangible transmission media include coaxial cables; copper wire and fiber optics, including the wires that comprise a bus within a computer system. Carrier-wave transmission media may take the form of electric or electromagnetic signals, or acoustic or light waves such as those generated during radio frequency (RF) and infrared (IR) data communications. Common forms of computer-readable media therefore include for example: a floppy disk, a flexible disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, any other magnetic medium, a CD-ROM, DVD or DVD-ROM, any other optical medium, punch cards paper tape, any other physical storage medium with patterns of holes, a RAM, a ROM, a PROM and EPROM, a FLASH-EPROM, any other memory chip or cartridge, a carrier wave transporting data or instructions, cables or links transporting such a carrier wave, or any other medium from which a computer may read programming code and/or data. Many of these forms of computer readable media may be involved in carrying one or more sequences of one or more instructions to a processor for execution.
EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1: Treatment of Pain Relief for a Subject with Chronic Pain with a Composition
[00253] Subjects (e.g., patients) that are suffering from chronic pain have their pain levels assessed and evaluated by a treating physician or other pain management expert. Such subjects are then prescribed 10 mg/day of a composition comprising cannabinoids and one or more terpenoids. The subjects are then evaluated again after two weeks to determine if symptoms have improved. After evaluation, the dosage is increased, decreased, or kept the same depending on the change in the level of pain. The treatment is maintained for as long as necessary to affect a stable resolution of the symptoms of chronic pain.
EXAMPLE 2: Treatment of a Subject that has been Diagnosed with Alzheimer’s Disease [00254] Subjects that are diagnosed clinically with Alzheimer’s disease are evaluated for common symptoms such as memory loss and confusion.
[00255] Subjects are prescribed 10 mg/day of a composition, and then evaluated again after two weeks to determine if symptoms have worsened. After evaluation, the dosage is increased, decreased, or kept the same depending on the change in the symptoms of inattention and hyperactivity. The treatment is maintained for as long as necessary to affect a stable or desired level of the symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease.
EXAMPLE 3: Synthesis of a Unit Dose of a Composition
[00256] A reaction vessel in an industrial laboratory is placed in an ice bath. The reaction vessel is charged with 100 grams of cannabis plant, 1 mL of acetic acid, and 5 L of water. The reaction is stirred as the ice bath is removed and the reaction is allowed to come to room temperature. [00257] After the reaction is completed after 30 minutes, the reaction mixture is filtered and the water in the resulting solution is removed. The solid is then mixed with a filler, such as gelatin, and is packaged into a capsule as a unit dose.
[00258] The unit dose is then distributed and sold to users.
EXAMPLE 4: User Synthesis of a Unit Dose of a Composition Using a Kit
[00259] A kit is sold to a user. The kit comprises all the necessary starting materials so that the user may perform the conversion of a carboxylated cannabinoid to a decarboxylated cannabinoid. The kit comprises 2 grams of a cannabis plant, 1 grams of citric acid, a bowl, and instructions for performing the conversion utilizing the acid.
[00260] The user follows the instructions and places the cannabis plant and the citric acid into the bowl. The user then adds 1 cup of water, per the instructions provided in the kit. The mixture is stirred for 5 minutes to complete the reaction.
[00261] Methods and compositions provided herein may be combined with other methods and compositions, such as those described in PCT Patent Publication No. WO/2016/094810, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.
EXAMPLE 5: Microencapsulation of Psychedelics
[00262] Formulations comprising quillaja extract (e.g., Q Natural), a psychedelic compound (e.g., psilocin, MDMA, ketamine, DMT, and/or LSD), and water are prepared using a microfluidic fluid processor (e.g., Microfluidizer from Microfluidics/IDEX Corporation). An emulsion formulation comprising a plurality of droplets is prepared with 60 g of quillaja extract (e.g., Q Natural), 1-80 g of the psychedelic compound, 100 g of water, and optionally 1-80 g of at least one cannabinoid compound at an operating pressure of 30,000 psi in the microfluidic fluid processor. A droplet of the plurality of droplets comprises at least the psychedelic compound.
[00263] Optionally, sodium alginate is used in the formulations, and calcium chloride is used to cross-link the emulsions.
EXAMPLE 6: Microencapsulated Psychedelic Compositions
[00264] A therapeutic composition as disclosed herein can be administered to a subject having or is suspected of having a condition, such as PTSD or addiction. Table 1 shows examples of therapeutic compositions comprising (i) psychedelic compounds and (ii) cannabinoid compounds (e.g., encapsulated or non-encapsulated cannabinoids, such as cannabidiol), where each therapeutic composition (as indicated by the sample number) is for being administered to a subject in need thereof.
Table 2. Compositions comprising encapsulated cannabinoids, (“n/a” = not applicable).
Figure imgf000066_0001
[00265] FIG. 2A shows an example composition 500A (e.g., composition 1 from Table 1) comprising one or more microcapsules 510A that encapsulate one or more psychedelic compounds.
[00266] FIG. 2B shows an example composition 500B (e.g., composition 2 from Table 1) comprising one or more microcapsules 510B that encapsulate one or more psychedelic compounds. The composition 500B further comprises one or more additional microcapsules 520B that encapsulate one or more additional therapeutic compounds (e.g., cannabinoids).
[00267] FIG. 2C shows an example composition 500C (e.g., composition 3 from Table 1) comprising one or more microcapsules 510C that encapsulate (i) one or more psychedelic compounds and (ii) one or more additional therapeutic compounds (e.g., cannabinoids).
[00268] FIG. 2D shows an example composition 500D (e.g., composition 4 from Table 1) comprising one or more psychedelic compounds in non-encapsulated form, e.g., to be used as a control composition.
EXAMPLE 7: Administration of Encapsulated Psychedelics Composition to a Subject [00269] An encapsulated psychedelics composition, e.g., the composition in Example 5, is administered to a subject suffering or is suspected of having a condition. The level of psychedelics compounds in the subject increases, and the condition is improved.
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD):
[00270] The subject can have or can be suspected of having PTSD. Any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can be administered (e.g., orally, intravenously, etc.) to the subject to treat PTSD. Such composition can be administered to the subject once or a plurality of times. The subject can be assessed via a PTSD checklist as disclosed herein prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess a change in the degree of PTSD of the subject. Alternatively or in addition to, one or more biomarkers for PTSD as disclosed herein (e.g., Allopregnanolone) can be measured prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess the change in the degree of PTSD of the subject.
[00271] The subject treated with any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of PTSD or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is not treated or who is treated with the composition 4 in Example 5.
[00272] The subject treated with the compositions 2 or 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of PTSD or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 1 or 5 in Example 5.
[00273] The subject treated with the composition 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of PTSD or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 2 in Example 5. Alternatively, the subject treated with the compositions 2 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of PTSD or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 3 in Example 5.
Insomnia:
[00274] The subject can have or can be suspected of having insomnia. Any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can be administered (e.g., orally, intravenously, etc.) to the subject to treat insomnia. Such composition can be administered to the subject once or a plurality of times. The subject can be assessed via an insomnia severity index as disclosed herein prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess a change in the degree of insomnia of the subject. Alternatively or in addition to, one or more biomarkers for insomnia as disclosed herein (e.g., BDNF) can be measured prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess the change in the degree of insomnia of the subject.
[00275] The subject treated with any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of insomnia or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is not treated or who is treated with the composition 4 in Example 5.
[00276] The subject treated with the compositions 2 or 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of insomnia or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 1 or 5 in Example 5. [00277] The subject treated with the composition 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of insomnia or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 2 in Example 5. Alternatively, the subject treated with the compositions 2 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of insomnia or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 3 in Example 5. Alcohol Addiction:
[00278] The subject can have or can be suspected of having alcohol addiction. Any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can be administered (e.g., orally, intravenously, etc.) to the subject to treat alcohol addiction. Such composition can be administered to the subject once or a plurality of times. The subject can be assessed via an alcohol addiction checklist (e.g., AUDIT) as disclosed herein prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess a change in the degree of alcohol addiction of the subject. Alternatively or in addition to, one or more biomarkers for alcohol addiction as disclosed herein (e.g., GGT) can be measured prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess the change in the degree of alcohol addiction of the subj ect.
[00279] The subject treated with any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of alcohol addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is not treated or who is treated with the composition 4 in Example 5.
[00280] The subject treated with the compositions 2 or 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of alcohol addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 1 or 5 in Example 5.
[00281] The subject treated with the composition 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of alcohol addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 2 in Example 5. Alternatively, the subject treated with the compositions 2 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of alcohol addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 3 in Example 5.
Nicotine Addiction:
[00282] The subject can have or can be suspected of having nicotine addiction (e.g., addiction to smoking). Any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can be administered (e.g., orally, intravenously, etc.) to the subject to treat nicotine addiction. Such composition can be administered to the subject once or a plurality of times. The subject can be assessed via a nicotine addiction checklist as disclosed herein (e.g., FTND) prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess a change in the degree of nicotine addiction of the subject. Alternatively or in addition to, one or more biomarkers for nicotine addiction as disclosed herein (e.g., blood nicotine level) can be measured prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the treatment to assess the change in the degree of nicotine addiction of the subject.
[00283] The subject treated with any one of the compositions 1-3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of nicotine addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is not treated or who is treated with the composition 4 in Example 5.
[00284] The subject treated with the compositions 2 or 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of nicotine addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 1 or 5 in Example 5.
[00285] The subject treated with the composition 3 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of nicotine addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 2 in Example 5. Alternatively, the subject treated with the compositions 2 in Example 5 can exhibit a greater reduction in the degree of nicotine addiction or its symptoms (e.g., as ascertained by the checklist and/or the biomarkers) than a control subject who is treated with the composition 3 in Example 5.
[00286] While preferred embodiments of the present disclosure have been shown and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions will now occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the disclosure. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the disclosure described herein can be employed in practicing the disclosure. It is intended that the following claims define the scope of the disclosure and that methods and structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents be covered thereby.

Claims

CLAIMS WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A composition comprising a first psychedelic compound and a second psychedelic compound, wherein said first psychedelic compound is configured for rapid uptake of said first psychedelic compound to a blood stream of a subject and said second psychedelic compound is configured for delayed uptake of said second psychedelic compound to said blood stream of said subject.
2. The composition of claim 1, wherein said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound are encapsulated.
3. The composition of claim 2, wherein said composition comprises an emulsion comprising a plurality of droplets, and wherein said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound is encapsulated in said plurality of droplets.
4. The composition of claim 1, wherein a droplet of said plurality of droplets has a size less than or equal to about 1 micrometer.
5. The composition of claim 4, wherein said droplet has a size less than or equal to about 500 nanometers.
6. The composition of claim 5, wherein said droplet has a size between about 10 nanometers and about 200 nanometers.
7. The composition of claim 3, wherein said emulsion is an oil-in-water (o/w) emulsion or a water-in-oil (w/o) emulsion.
8. The composition of claim 1, wherein said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound is a synthetic compound.
9. The composition of claim 1, wherein said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound is natural compound.
10. The composition of claim 1, wherein said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound comprises one or more members selected from the group consisting of tryptamine, phenethylamine, lysergamide, prodrugs thereof, and modifications thereof.
11. The composition of claim 1, wherein said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound comprises one or more members selected from the group consisting of harmala alkaloid, harmaline, diemethyltryptamine (DMT), 5-methoxy-N,N-dimethyltryptamine (5MEO-DMT), psilocybin, psilocin, 2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine (DOI), dimethoxybromoamphetamine (DOB), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-ethylamphetamine (DOE), 2,5- dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine (DOM), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-nitroamphetamine (DON), 2-(4- Iodo-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethan-l-amine (2CI), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-bromophenethylamin (2C-B), trimethoxyamphetamine (TMA), 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenethylamine (Mescaline), 2, 5 -dimethoxy - 4-trifluoromethylamphetamine (DOTFM), and (R)-alpha-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-2, 3,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[l,2-b:4,5-b']difuran-4-ethanamine (TFMFly), o lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), lysergic acid amide (LSA), dimethyllysergamide (DAM), lysergic acid ethylamide (LAE), lysergic acid 2-butyl amide (LSB), lysergic acid 3-pentyl amide (LSP), ergometrine, ergotamine, methergine, methysergide, amesergide, cabergoline, LY-215840, 3,4- methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA), methylenedi oxy pyrovalerone (MDPV), benzoylmethylecgonine (cocaine), ibogaine, ketamine, prodrugs thereof, and modifications thereof.
12. The composition of claim 1, wherein said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound is configured to bind one or more members selected from the group consisting of: dopamine receptor, serotonin receptor, trace amine-associated receptor (TAAR), opioid receptor, and modifications thereof.
13. The composition of claim 12, wherein said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound is configured to bind one or more members selected from the group consisting of: dopamine D2 receptor, dopamine D3 receptor, dopamine D4 receptor, 5- hydroxytryptamine 2 A (5-HT2A) receptor, 5-HT2B receptor, 5-HT2C receptor, 5-HT3 receptor,
5-HT4 receptor, TAAR1, K-opioid receptor, p-opioid receptor, and modifications thereof.
14. The composition of claim 3, wherein said droplet is characterized by one or more members selected from the group consisting of: (i) a sigmoidal release profile of said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound, (ii) a plasma half-life of said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound greater than that of said encapsulated psychedelic compound in non-encapsulated form, (iii) a first pass metabolism of said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound reduced by at least 5% compared to said first psychedelic compound or second psychedelic compound in a nonencapsulated form, (iv) a rate of excretion of said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound from a subject's body reduced by at least 5% compared to said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound in a non-encapsulated form, and (v) a degradation rate at an ambient temperature of at least 20° Celsius (° C.) of said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound of at least 5% less than a degradation rate of said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound in a non-encapsulated form.
15. The composition of claim 3, further comprising at least one therapeutic compound.
16. The composition of claim 15, wherein a droplet of said plurality of droplets comprises said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound and said at least one therapeutic compound.
17. The composition of claim 15, wherein (i) a first droplet of said plurality of droplets comprises said first psychedelic compound or said second psychedelic compound and (ii) a second droplet of said plurality of droplets comprises said at least one therapeutic compound.
18. The composition of claim 15, wherein said at least one therapeutic compound comprises at least one cannabinoid compound.
19. The composition of claim 15, wherein said at least one therapeutic compound comprises at least one terpene compound.
20. The composition of claim 1, wherein administration of the composition to a subject in need thereof effects (i) a reduced degree of a disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control, or (ii) reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease or condition of the subject as compared to a control.
21. The composition of claim 20, wherein the administration effects the reduced degree of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or more as compared to a control.
22. The composition of claim 20, wherein the administration effects the reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease or condition of the subject by at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or more as compared to a control.
23. The composition of claim 20, wherein the disease or condition is a psychological disorder.
24. The composition of claim 20, wherein the disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of PTSD, alcohol addiction, nicotine addiction, and insomnia.
25. The composition of claim 1, wherein a level of said first psychedelic compound is detectable in said blood stream of said subject in a time of less than or equal to about five minutes after administration of said composition to said subject.
26. The composition of claim 1, wherein a level of said first psychedelic compound is detectable in said blood stream of said subject in a time of less than or equal to about one minute after administration of said composition to said subject.
27. The composition of claim 1, wherein said composition comprises a colloidal suspension comprising a plurality of nanoparticles, and wherein said first psychedelic compound is disposed inside said plurality of nanoparticles.
28. The composition of claim 27, wherein said plurality of nanoparticles are water soluble, and wherein said plurality of nanoparticles permit said rapid uptake of said first psychedelic compound.
29. The composition of claim 1, wherein said first psychedelic is not water soluble.
30. The composition of claim 29, wherein said first psychedelic compound has a water solubility of less than or equal to about 1 gram per 100 mL (g/100 mL).
31. The composition of claim 1, wherein said composition comprises a plurality of liposomes, and wherein said second psychedelic compound is disposed inside said plurality of liposomes.
32. The composition of claim 1, wherein a level of said second psychedelic compound is detectable in said blood stream of said subject in a time of greater than or equal to about five minutes after administration of said composition to said subject.
33. The composition of claim 1, wherein a level of said second psychedelic compound is detectable in said blood stream of said subject in a time from about 5 minutes to about 30 minutes after administration of said composition to said subject.
34. The composition of claim 1, wherein said second psychedelic compound is water soluble.
35. The composition of claim 34, wherein said second psychedelic compound has a water solubility of greater than or equal to about 1 g/100 mL.
36. The composition of claim 1, wherein said first psychedelic compound and said second psychedelic compound are the same compound.
37. The composition of claim 1, wherein said first psychedelic compound and said second psychedelic compound are different compounds.
38. A kit comprising the composition of any one of claims 1-37.
39. A method for administering an encapsulated psychedelic compound to a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to said subject the composition of any one of claims 1-37.
PCT/US2023/016302 2022-03-25 2023-03-24 Psychedelic compositions and methods for forming the same Ceased WO2023183618A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP23775746.3A EP4499109A1 (en) 2022-03-25 2023-03-24 Psychedelic compositions and methods for forming the same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202263323779P 2022-03-25 2022-03-25
US63/323,779 2022-03-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023183618A1 true WO2023183618A1 (en) 2023-09-28

Family

ID=88101960

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2023/016302 Ceased WO2023183618A1 (en) 2022-03-25 2023-03-24 Psychedelic compositions and methods for forming the same

Country Status (2)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4499109A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2023183618A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2025073047A1 (en) * 2023-10-03 2025-04-10 Bluestem Api Inc. Psychedelic pharmaceutical composition and kit

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016094810A2 (en) * 2014-12-12 2016-06-16 Ojai Energetics Pbc Microencapsulated cannabinoid compositions
WO2020028475A1 (en) * 2018-08-02 2020-02-06 Taiwan Liposome Co., Ltd. Sustained-release compositions comprising a therapeutic agent for treating depression or anxiety and uses thereof
WO2020086673A1 (en) * 2018-10-26 2020-04-30 Guangzhou Dazhou Biomedicine Ltd. Ketamine oral transmucosal delivery system
WO2020157569A1 (en) * 2019-01-30 2020-08-06 Diamond Therapeutics Inc. Methods and compositions comprising a 5ht receptor agonist for the treatment of psychological, cognitive, behavioral, and/or mood disorders
WO2021016710A1 (en) * 2019-07-30 2021-02-04 Tassili Life Sciences, Corp. Controlled release formulations of multiple active pharmaceutical agents, and psilocybe-derived agents in combination with cannabis-derived agents and methods for their use
WO2021072530A1 (en) * 2019-10-15 2021-04-22 Tassili Life Sciences, Corp. Controlled release formulations of psilocybe-derived agents and method for their use, and methods and compositions for threating mild traumatic brain injury with post traumatic stress disorder.
WO2022023812A1 (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-03 Diamond Therapeutics Inc. Extended release 5-ht receptor agonists for neurological conditions
WO2022119840A1 (en) * 2020-12-01 2022-06-09 Ojai Energetics Pbc Methods and compositions for cannabinoid-based therapeutics

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016094810A2 (en) * 2014-12-12 2016-06-16 Ojai Energetics Pbc Microencapsulated cannabinoid compositions
WO2020028475A1 (en) * 2018-08-02 2020-02-06 Taiwan Liposome Co., Ltd. Sustained-release compositions comprising a therapeutic agent for treating depression or anxiety and uses thereof
WO2020086673A1 (en) * 2018-10-26 2020-04-30 Guangzhou Dazhou Biomedicine Ltd. Ketamine oral transmucosal delivery system
WO2020157569A1 (en) * 2019-01-30 2020-08-06 Diamond Therapeutics Inc. Methods and compositions comprising a 5ht receptor agonist for the treatment of psychological, cognitive, behavioral, and/or mood disorders
WO2021016710A1 (en) * 2019-07-30 2021-02-04 Tassili Life Sciences, Corp. Controlled release formulations of multiple active pharmaceutical agents, and psilocybe-derived agents in combination with cannabis-derived agents and methods for their use
WO2021072530A1 (en) * 2019-10-15 2021-04-22 Tassili Life Sciences, Corp. Controlled release formulations of psilocybe-derived agents and method for their use, and methods and compositions for threating mild traumatic brain injury with post traumatic stress disorder.
WO2022023812A1 (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-03 Diamond Therapeutics Inc. Extended release 5-ht receptor agonists for neurological conditions
WO2022119840A1 (en) * 2020-12-01 2022-06-09 Ojai Energetics Pbc Methods and compositions for cannabinoid-based therapeutics

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2025073047A1 (en) * 2023-10-03 2025-04-10 Bluestem Api Inc. Psychedelic pharmaceutical composition and kit

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4499109A1 (en) 2025-02-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20200101041A1 (en) Methods and compositions for enhancing health
Zhu et al. Curcumin intervention for cognitive function in different types of people: A systematic review and meta‐analysis
Lieu et al. The antiparkinsonian and antidyskinetic mechanisms of Mucuna pruriens in the MPTP‐treated nonhuman primate
BR112014005144B1 (en) highly bioavailable zero-valent sulfur compositions
Kim et al. Melatonin and melatonergic drugs in sleep disorders
WO2022187973A1 (en) Dosing regimens of pharmaceutical and nutraceutical mushroom and cannabis compositions and their use to treat cns disorders and improve mental health
SA518391206B1 (en) Modified Release Orally Administered Amino Acid Formulations
Albrahim et al. Effects of regular exercise and intermittent fasting on neurotransmitters, inflammation, oxidative stress, and brain-derived neurotrophic factor in cortex of ovariectomized rats
CN101181069A (en) Compound nutritional protein powder for preventing postmenopausal osteoporosis in women
EP4499109A1 (en) Psychedelic compositions and methods for forming the same
Yang et al. Protective effect of long-term fermented soybeans with abundant bacillus subtilis on glucose and bone metabolism and memory function in ovariectomized rats: modulation of the gut microbiota
US20240165183A1 (en) Methods and compositions for microencapsulated compounds
Lee et al. A lignan from alnus japonica activates myogenesis and alleviates dexamethasone-induced myotube atrophy
Altinyazar et al. Anorexia nervosa and Wernicke Korsakoff's syndrome: atypical presentation by acute psychosis
US20190000866A1 (en) Food based delivery of therapeutic agent for treatment of hepatic encephalopathy
Pepino et al. Effects of breast pumping on the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of ethanol during lactation
US12168093B2 (en) Multi-users medical cannabis dispenser
HK40020644A (en) Methods and compositions for enhancing health
Yingngam Folic Acid Deficiency
Ross Vitamin Weed: A 4-Step Plan to Prevent and Reverse Endocannabinoid Deficiency
Tomer et al. Dietary Supplements in Cancer Prevention and Therapy
Sadler Authorised EU health claims for activated charcoal, lactulose and melatonin
Vink Nutrition Implications for Patients Taking Stimulant Medication
Poulos Drugs and Weight Loss
Lorrai et al. A Phaseolus vulgaris extract reduces cue-induced reinstatement of chocolate seeking in rats

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23775746

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023775746

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023775746

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20241025